Skip to main content

Full text of "The elements of embryology"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


PART  II. 

THE    HISTORY    OF    THE    MAMMALIAN 
EMBRYO. 


F.&B. 


INTRODUCTION. 


THE  most  important  difference  between  the  de- 
velopment of  Mammalia  and  Aves  depends  upon  the 
amount  and  distribution  of  the  food-yolk  in  the  ovum. 
In  birds,  as  we  have  seen  (Ch.  i.),  the  ovum  is  large  and 
the  greater  part  of  it  so  heavily  charged  with  food-yolk 
that  it  is  unable  to  segment.  The  segmentation  is  con- 
fined to  one  small  portion,  the  germinal  disc,  the  pro- 
toplasm of  which  is  less  burdened  with  food-yolk  than 
that  of  the  remainder  of  the  ovum.  Such  partial  seg- 
mentation is  known  as  meroblastic. 

In  Mammals,  on  the  other  hand,  the  ovum  is  small1, 
and  contains  but  a  slight  amount  of  food-yolk ;  the  little 
there  is  being  distributed  uniformly  throughout.  In  con- 
sequence of  this  the  whole  ovum  is  able  to  segment ;  the 
segmentation  therefore  belongs  to  the  holoblastic  type. 
This  fundamental  difference  in  the  constitution  of  the 
ovum  of  Birds  and  Mammals  is  accompanied  not  only  by 
differences  in  the  segmentation  but  also  by  impoifcant 
differences,  as  we  shall  see,  in  the  stages  of  development 
which  immediately  follow  segmentation.  Finally,  in 

1  The  human  ovarian  ovum  is  T^T  to  1|ir  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 

20—2 


308  INTRODUCTION. 

birds,  as  we  have  seen,  the  nutrition  of  the  developing 
embryo  is  entirely  effected  at  the  expense  of  the  food- 
yolk  and  albumen  with  which  the  ovum  was  charged 
in  the  ovary  and  oviduct  respectively,  and  the  eggs 
leave  the  parent  very  soon  after  the  close  of  segmenta- 
tion. In  the  Mammalia  the  absence  of  sufficient  food- 
yolk  necessitates  the  existence  of  some  other  source  of 
nutriment  for  the  embryo,  and  that  source  is  mainly  the 
maternal  blood. 

The  development  of  Mammalia  may  be  divided  into 
two  periods :  1.  the  development  within  the  uterus ;  2. 
the  development  after  birth. 

In  all  the  higher  Mammalia  the  second  period  is  very 
unimportant,  as  compared  with  the  first ;  for  the  young 
are  born  in  a  condition  closely  resembling  that  of  the 
adult  of  the  species  to  which  they  belong.  The  de- 
velopment during  the  first  period  takes  place  in  the 
uterus  of  the  mother,  and  nutriment  passes  from  the 
maternal  blood  to  that  of  the  embryo  by  means  of  a 
structure,  to  be  described  in  detail  hereafter,  known  as 
the  placenta.  This  difference  between  the  development 
of  Birds  and  Mammals  may  be  briefly  expressed  by  saying 
that  the  former  are  oviparous,  while  the  latter  are  vivi- 
parous. 

The  source  of  nutriment  during  the  second  period 
is  the  Mammary  glands.  In  certain  of  the  lower  Mam- 
malia (Marsupials)  the  young  are  born  in  a  very  im- 
mature condition,  and  become  attached  by  their  mouths 
to  the  nipples  of  these  glands.  They  are  carried 
about,  usually  in  a  special  pouch  (marsupium)  by  the 
mother,  and  undergo  in  this  position  the  greater  part  of 
the  remainder  of  their  development. 


CHAPTER  X. 

GENERAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  EMBRYO. 

THERE  is  a  close  agreement  in  the  history  of  the 
development  of  the  embryo  of  the  various  kinds  of 
Mammals.  We  may  therefore  take  one,  the  Rabbit,  as 
a  type.  There  are  without  doubt  considerable  varia- 
tions to  be  met  with  in  the  early  development  even  of 
species  nearly  allied  to  the  Rabbit,  but  at  present  the 
true  value  of  these  variations  is  not  understood,  and 
they  need  not  concern  us  here. 

The  ovarian  ovum.  Mammals  possess  two  ovaries 
situated  in  the  body  cavity,  one  on  either  side  of  the 
vertebral  column  immediately  posterior  to  the  kidneys. 
They  are  somewhat  flattened  irregularly  oval  bodies,  a 
portion  of  the  surface  being  generally  raised  into  pro- 
tuberances due  to  projecting  follicles. 

In  an  early  stage  of  development  the  follicle  in  the 
mammalian  ovary  is  similar  to  that  of  the  fowl,  and  is 
formed  of  flat  cells  derived  from  the  germinal  cells  ad- 
joining the  ovum.  As  development  proceeds  however 
it  becomes  remarkably  modified.  These  flat  cells  sur- 
rounding the  ovum  become  columnar  and  then  one  or 
two  layers  deep.  Later  they  become  thicker  on  one 
side  of  the  ovum  than  on  the  other,  and  there  appears 


310  THE  MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

in  the  thickened  mass  a  cavity  which  gradually  becomes 
more  and  more  distended  and  filled  with  an  albuminous 
fluid. 

As  the  cavity  enlarges,  the  OYum,  around  which  are 
several  layers  of  cells,  forms  a  prominence  projecting 
into  it.  The  follicle  cells  are  known  as  the  membrana 
granulosa,  and  the  projection  in  which  the  ovum  lies  as 
the  discus  or  cumulus  proligerus.  The  whole  structure 
with  its  tunic  is  known  as  the  Graafian  follicle. 

If  the  ovary  of  a  mature  female  during  the  breeding 
season  be  examined,  certain  of  the  protuberances  on  its 
surface  maybe  seen  to  be  considerably  larger  than  others; 
they  are  more  transparent  than  their  fellows  and  their 
outer  covering  appears  more  tense ;  these  are  Graafian 
follicles  containing  nearly  or  quite  ripe  ova.  Upon  pierc- 
ing one  of  these  follicles  with  a  needle-point  the  ovum 
contained  therein  spirts  forth  together  with  a  not  incon- 
siderable amount  of  clear  fluid. 

Egg  Membranes.  The  ovum  is  surrounded  by  a 
radiately  striated  membrane,  the  zona  radiata,  internal 
to  which  in  the  nearly  ripe  egg  a  delicate  membrane 
has  been  shown,  by  Ed.  v.  Beneden,  to  exist.  The  cells 
of  the  discus  are  supported  upon  an  irregular  granular 
membrane  external  to  the  zona  radiata.  This  mem- 
brane is  more  or  less  distinctly  separated  from  the  zona, 
and  the  mode  of  its  development  renders  it  probable 
that  it  is  the  remnant  of  the  first  formed  membrane 
in  the  young  ovum  and  is  therefore  the  vitelline  mem- 
brane. 

Maturation  and  impregnation  of  the  ovum.  As 
the  ovum  placed  in  the  Graafian  follicle  approaches 
maturity  the  germinal  vesicle  assumes  an  excentric 


X.]  IMPKEGNATION.  311 

position  and  undergoes  a  series  of  changes  which  have 
not  been  fully  worked  out,  but  which  probably  are  of 
the  same  nature  as  those  which  have  been  observed  in 
other  types  (p.  17).  The  result  of  the  changes  is  the 
formation  of  one  or  more  polar  bodies,  and  the  nucleus 
of  the  mature  ovum  (female  pronucleus). 

At  certain  periods  one  or  more  follicles  containing  a 
ripe  ovum  burst1,  and  their  contents  are  received  by 
the  fimbriated  extremity  of  the  Fallopian  tube  which 
appears  according  to  Hensen  to  clasp  the  ovary  at  the 
time.  The  follicle  after  the  exit  of  the  ovum  becomes 
filled  with  blood  and  remains  as  a  conspicuous  object  on 
the  surface  of  the  ovary  for  some  days.  It  becomes 
eventually  a  corpus  luteum.  The  ovum  travels  slowly 
down  the  Fallopian  tube.  It  is  still  invested  by  the 
zona  radiata,  and  in  the  rabbit  an  albuminous  envelope 
is  formed  around  it  in  its  passage  downwards.  Im- 
pregnation takes  place  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Fallo- 
pian tube,  and  is  shortly  followed  by  the  segmentation, 
which  is  remarkable  amongst  the  Amniota  for  being 
complete2. 

The  entrance  of  the  spermatozoon  into  the  ovum 
and  its  subsequent  fate  have  not  been  observed.  Van 
Beneden  describes  in  the  rabbit  the  formation  of  the 
first  segmentation  nucleus  (i.e.  the  nucleus  of  the  ovum 
after  fertilization)  from  two  nuclei,  one  peripheral  and 
the  other  ventral,  and  deduces  from  his  observations 

1  So  far  as  is  known  there  is  no  relation  between  the  bursting  of 
the  follicle  and  the  act  of  coition. 

2  It  is  stated  by  Bischoff  that  shortly  after  impregnation,  and 
before  the  commencement  of  the  segmentation,  the  ova  of  the  rabbit 
and  guinea-pig  are  covered  with  cilia  and  exhibit  the  phenomenon  of 
rotation.     This  has  not  been  noticed  by  other  observers. 


312 


THE  MAMMALIAN  EMBRYO. 


[CHAP 


that  the  peripheral  nucleus  was  derived  from  the  sper- 
matic element. 

Segmentation.  The  process  of  segmentation  oc- 
cupies in  the  rabbit  about  72  hours;  but  the  time  of 
this  and  all  other  stages  of  development  varies  con- 
siderably in  different  animals. 

The  details  of  segmentation  in  the  rabbit  are  differ- 
ently described  by  various  observers ;  but  at  the  close  of 
segmentation  the  ovum  appears  undoubtedly  to  be 
composed  of  an  outer  layer  of  cubical  hyaline  cells, 
almost  entirely  surrounding  an  inner  mass  of  highly 
granular  rounded  or  polygonal  cells. 

FIG.  95. 


OPTICAL  SECTIONS    OF    A    RABBIT'S    OVUM   AT   TWO    STAGES 
CLOSELY  FOLLOWING  UPON  THE  SEGMENTATION. 

(After  E.  van  Beneden.) 

ep.  outer  layer ;  %.  inner  mass  ;  bp.  Van  Beneden's  blastopore. 
The  shading  of  the  outer  and  inner  layers  is  diagrammatic. 

In  a  small  circular  area  however  the  inner  mass  of 
cells  remains  exposed  at  the  surface  (Fig.  95,  A).     This 


X.]  SEGMENTATION.  313 

exposed  spot  may  for  convenience  be  called  with  v.  Bene- 
den  the  blastopore,  though,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  ac- 
count given  of  the  subsequent  development,  it  in  no 
way  corresponds  with  the  blastopore  of  other  vertebrate 
ova. 

In  the  following  account  of  the  segmentation  of  the  rabbit's 
ovum,  v.  Beneden's  description  is  followed  as  far  as  the  details 
are  concerned,  his  nomenclature  is  however  not  adhered  to1. 

According  to  v.  Beneden  the  ovum  first  divides  into  two 
nearly  equal  spheres,  of  which  one  is  slightly  larger  and  more 
transparent  than  the  other.  The  larger  sphere  and  its  products 
will  be  spoken  of  as  the  outer  spheres,  and  the  smaller  one 
and  its  products  as  the  inner  spheres,  in  accordance  with  their 
different  destinations. 

Both  the  spheres  are  soon  divided  into  two,  and  each  of  the 
four  so  formed  into  two  again  ;  and  thus  a  stage  with  eight 
spheres  ensues.  At  the  moment  of  their  first  separation  these 
spheres  are  spherical,  and  arranged  in  two  layers,  one  of  them 
formed  of  the  four  outer,  and  the  other  of  the  four  inner  spheres. 
This  position  is  not  long  retained,  for  one  of  the  inner  spheres 
passes  to  the  centre ;  and  the  whole  ovum  again  takes  a  spherical 
form. 

In  the  next  phase  of  segmentation  each  of  the  four  outer 
spheres  divides  into  two,  and  the  ovum  thus  becomes  constituted 
of  twelve  spheres,  eight  outer  and  four  inner.  The  outer  spheres 
have  now  become  markedly  smaller  than  the  inner. 

The  four  inner  spheres  next  divide  giving  rise,  together  with 
the  eight  outer  spheres,  to  sixteen  spheres  in  all ;  which  are 
nearly  uniform  in  size.  Of  the  eight  inner  spheres  four  soon 
pass  to  the  centre,  while  the  eight  now  superficial  outer  spheres 
form  a  kind  of  cup  partially  enclosing  the  inner  spheres.  The 
outer  spheres  now  divide  in  their  turn,  giving  rise  to  sixteen 

1  The  cells  spoken  of  as  the  outer  layer  correspond  to  Van  Beneden's 
epiblast,  whilst  those  cells  spoken  of  as  the  inner  correspond  to  his 
primitive  hypoblast. 


314  THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBEYO.  [CHAP. 

spheres  which  largely  enclose  the  inner  spheres.  The  segmenta- 
tion of  both  outer  and  inner  spheres  continues,  and  in  the  course 
of  it  the  outer  spheres  spread  further  and  further  over  the  inner, 
so  that  at  the  close  of  segmentation  the  inner  spheres  constitute  a 
central  solid  mass  almost  entirely  surrounded  by  the  outer 
spheres.  In  a  small  circular  area  however  the  inner  mass  of 
spheres  remain  for  some  time  exposed  at  the  surface  (Fig.  95  A). 

The  blastodennic  vesicle.  After  its  segmentation 
the  ovum  passes  into  the  uterus.  The  outer  cells  soon 
grow  over  the  blastopore  and  thus  form  a  complete 
superficial  layer.  A  series  of  changes  next  take  place 
which  result  in  the  formation  of  what  has  been  called 
the  blastodermic  vesicle. 

These  changes  commence  with  the  appearance  of  a 
narrow  cavity  between  the  outer  and  inner  layers,  which 
extends  so  as  completely  to  separate  them  except  in  the 
region  adjoining  the  original  site  of  the  blastopore  (Fig. 
95  B)1.  The  cavity  so  formed  rapidly  enlarges,  and 
with  it  the  ovum  also ;  so  that  this  soon  takes  the  form 
of  a  thin  walled  vesicle  with  a  large  central  cavity. 
This  vesicle  is  the  blastodermic  vesicle.  The  greater 
part  of  its  walls  are  formed  of  a  single  row  of  flattened 
outer  layer  cells;  while  the  inner  mass  of  cells  forms 
a  small  lens-shaped  mass  attached  to  the  inner  side  of 
the  outer  layer  (Fig.  96). 

Although  by  this  stage,  which  occurs  in  the  rabbit 
between  seventy  and  ninety  hours  after  impregnation, 
the  blastodermic  vesicle  has  by  no  means  attained  its 
greatest  dimensions,  it  has  nevertheless  grown  from 

1  Van  Beheden  regards  it  as  probable  that  the  blastopore  is 
situated  somewhat  excentrically  in  relation  to  the  area  of  attachment 
of  the  inner  mass  to  the  outer  layer. 


X.] 


BLASTODERMIC   VESICLE. 


315 


about  O09  mm. — the  size  of  the  ovum  at  the  close 
segmentation — to  about  0*28  in  diameter.  It  is  en- 
closed by  the  zona  radiata  and  the  albuminous  layer 


FIG. 


BABBIT'S  OVUM  BETWEEN  70 — 90  HOURS  AFTER  IMPREGNATION. 
(After  E.  van  Beneden.) 

bv.  cavity  of  blastodermic   vesicle  (yolk-sac) ;   ep.  outer  layer ; 
hy.  inner  mass  ;  Zp.  albuminous  envelope. 


around  it.  The  blastodermic  vesicle  continues  to 
enlarge  rapidly,  and  during  the  process  the  inner  mass 
undergoes  important  changes.  It  spreads  out  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  outer  layer  and  at  the  same  time  loses 
its  lens-like  form  and  becomes  flattened.  The  central 


316  THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

part  of  it  remains  however  thicker,  and  is  constituted 
of  two  rows  of  cells,  while  the  peripheral  part,  the  outer 
boundary  of  which  is  irregular,  is  formed  of  an  imperfect 
layer  of  amoeboid  cells  which  continually  spread  further 
and  further  beneath  the  outer  layer.  The  central  thick- 
ening of  the  inner  layer  forms  an  opaque  circular  spot 
on  the  blastoderm,  which  constitutes  the  commencement 
of  the  embryonic  area. 

The  formation  of  the  layers.  The  history  of  the 
stages  immediately  following,  from  about  the  com- 
mencement of  the  fifth  day  to  the  seventh  day,  when  a 
primitive  streak  makes  its  appearance,  is  not  perfectly 
understood,  and  has  been  interpreted  very  differently  by 
various  observers.  The  following  account  must  there- 
fore be  considered  as  a  tentative  one. 

About  five  days  after  impregnation  the  cells  of  the 
inner  mass  in  the  embryonic  area  become  divided  into 
two  distinct  strata,  an  upper  stratum  of  rounded  cells 
adjoining  the  flattened  outer  layer  and  a  lower  stratum 
of  flattened  cells.  This  lower  stratum  is  the  true  hypo- 
blast  (Fig.  97).  At  the  edge  of  the  embryonic  area  the 
hypoblast  is  continuous  with  a  peripheral  ring  of  the 
amosboid  cells  of  the  earlier  stage,  which  now  form, 
except  at  the  edge  of  the  ring,  a  continuous  layer  of 
flattened  cells  in  contact  with  the  outer  layer.  During 
the  sixth  day  the  middle  layer  becomes  fused  with  the 
outer  layer,  and  gives  rise  to  a  layer  of  cells  which  are 
columnar  and  are  arranged  in  the  rabbit  in  a  single 
row  (Fig.  98).  They  form  together  the  true  epiblast  of 
the  embryonic  area. 

At  this  stage  therefore  the  embryonic  area,  which  is 
circular,  is  formed  throughout  of  two  single  layers  of 


X.] 


FORMATION    OF   THE   LAYERS. 


317 


cells,  a  columnar  epiblast  and  a  layer  of  flattened  hypo- 
blast. 

Fm.  97. 


SECTION  THROUGH  THE  NEARLY  CIRCULAR  EMBRYONIC  AREA  OF 

A  RABBIT  OVUM  OF  Six  DAYS. 

(From  Allen  Thomson,  after  E.  van  Beneden.) 

ect.  upper  layer ;  mes.  middle  layer ;  ent.  true  hypoblast. 

FIG.  98. 


SECTION  THROUGH  THE  BLASTODERM  OF  A  RABBIT  ON  THE 
SEVENTH  DAY  :  TAKEN  IN  FRONT  OF  THE  PRIMITIVE 
STREAK. 

Half  of  the  area  is  represented. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  sixth  day  the  embryonic 
area  of  the  rabbit,  which  has  hitherto  been  round,  be- 
comes oval. 

A  diagrammatic  view  of  the  whole  blastodermic 
vesicle  at  about  the  beginning  of  the  seventh  day  is 
given  in  Fig.  99.  The  embryonic  area  is  represented  in 
white.  The  line  ge  in  B  shows  the  extension  of  the 
hypoblast  round  the  inside  of  the  vesicle.  The  bias- 


318 


THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO. 

FIG.  99. 
A. 


[CHAP. 


VIEWS    OF  THE  JBLASTODERMIC    VESICLE    OF    A    KABBIT    ON    THE 

SEVENTH  DAY  WITHOUT   THE  ZONA.    A.   from  above,  B. 
from  the  side.     (From  Kolliker.) 

ag.  embryonic  area ;  ge.  boundary  of  the  hypoblast. 


X.]  PRIMITIVE   STREAK.  319 

todermic  vesicle  is  therefore  formed  of  three  areas, 
(1)  the  embryonic  area  with  two  layers,  a  columnar 
epiblast  and  flat  hypoblast;  (2)  the  region  around  the 
embryonic  area  where  the  walls  of  the  vesicle  are  formed 
of  flattened  epiblast1  and  of  hypoblast ;  (3)  the  area 
beyond  this  again  where  the  vesicle  is  formed  of  flat- 
tened epiblast1  only. 

The  changes  which  next  take  place  begin  with  the 
formation  of  a  primitive  streak,  homologous  with,  and  in 
most  respects  similar  to,  the  primitive  streak  in  Birds. 

FIG.  100. 


EMBRYONIC  AREA  OF  AN  EIGHT  DAYS'  RABBIT. 

(After  Kolliker.) 
arg.  embryonic  area  ;  pr.  primitive  streak. 

The  formation  of  the  streak  is  preceded  by  that  of  a 
dark  spot  near  the  middle  of  the  blastoderm,  forming 
the  nodal  point  of  Hensen.  This  spot  subsequently 
constitutes  the  front  end  of  the  primitive  streak. 

Early  on  the  seventh  day  the  embryonic  area  be- 
comes pyriform,  and  at  its  posterior  and  narrower  end 

1  The  epiblast  of  the  blastodermic  vesicle  beyond  the  embryonic 
area  is  formed  of  the  outer  layer  only. 


320  THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

the  primitive  streak  makes  its  appearance ;  it  is  due  to 
a  proliferation  of  rounded  cells  from  the  epiblast. 
FIG.  101. 

p.r 


SECTION  THROUGH  AN  OVAL  BLASTODERM  or  A  RABBIT  ON 
THE  SEVENTH  DAY.  THE  LENGTH  OF  THE  AREA  WAS 
ABOUT  1'2  MM.  AND  ITS  BREADTH  ABOUT  '86  MM. 

Through  the  front  part  of  the  primitive  streak ;  ep.  epiblast ; 
m.  mesoblast ;  hy.  hypoblast ;  pr.  primitive  streak. 

These  cells  give  rise  to  a  part  of  the  mesoblastic 
layer  of  the  embryo,  and  may  be  termed  from  their 
origin  the  primitive  streak  mesoblast. 

During  the  seventh  day  the  primitive  streak  be- 
comes a  more  pronounced  structure  (Fig.  101),  the 
mesoblast  in  its  neighbourhood  increases  in  quantity, 
while  an  axial  groove  (Fig.  100) — the  primitive  groove 
— is  formed  on  its  upper  surface. 

The  formation  of  the  medullary  groove.  In  the 
part  of  the  embryonic  area  in  front  of  the  primitive 
streak  there  arise  during  the  eighth  day  two  folds 
bounding  a  shallow  median  groove,  which  meet  in  front, 
but  diverge  behind,  and  enclose  between  them  the 
foremost  end  of  the  primitive  streak  (Fig.  103).  These 
folds  are  the  medullary  folds  and  they  constitute  the 
first  definite  traces  of  the  embryo.  The  medullary  plate 
bounded  by  them  rapidly  grows  in  length,  the  primitive 
streak  always  remaining  at  its  hinder  end.  While  the 


X.] 


THE   MESOBLAST. 

FIG.    102. 
A. 


321 


Two  TRANSVERSE   SUCTIONS  THROUGH  THE  EMBRYONIC  AREA 
OF  AN  EMBRYO  RABBIT  OF  SEVEN  DAYS. 

The  embryo  has  nearly  the  appearance  represented  in  Fig.  100. 

A.  is  taken  through  the  anterior  part  of  the  embryonic  area. 
It  represents  about  half  the  breadth  of  the  area,  and  there  is  no 
trace  of  a  medullary  groove  or  of  the  mesoblast. 

B.  is   taken  through  the    posterior  part   of   the   primitive 
streak. 

ep.  epiblast ;  hy.  hypoblast. 

lateral  epiblast  is  formed  of  several  rows  of  cells,  that  of 
the  medullary  plate  is  at  first  formed  of  but  a  single 
row  (Fig.  104,  mg). 

The  mesoblast  and  notochord.  The  mesoblast  in 
mammalia  has,  as  in  the  chick,  a  double  origin,  and  the 
details  of  its  development  appear  to  resemble  essentially 
those  in  the  chick.  It  arises  (1)  from  the  epiblast  of 
the  primitive  streak ;  this  has  been  already  described ; 
(2)  from  the  primitive  hypoblast  in  front  and  at  the 
sides  of  the  primitive  streak.  The  latter  is  known  as 
hypoblastic  mesoblast,  and  as  in  the  chick  appears  to 
originate  as  two  lateral  plates  split  off  from  the  primi- 
tive hypoblast.  These  two  plates  are  at  first  continuous 
F.  &B.  21 


322 


THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

Fia.  103. 


EMBRYONIC  AREA  OF  A  SEVEN  DAYS'  EMBRYO  RABBIT. 
(From  Kolliker.) 

o.  place  of  future  area  vasculosa  ;  rf.  medullary  groove  ;  pr.  pri- 
mitive streak  ;  ag.  embryonic  area. 

In  the  region  o.  a  layer  of  mesoblast  has  already  grown  ;  there 
are  however  as  yet  no  signs  of  blood-vessels  in  it. 

This  mesoblast  is  derived  from  the  mesoblast  of  the  primitive 
streak  (Kolliker). 

in  the  axial  line  with  the  primitive  hypoblast.  When 
the  medullary  groove  is  formed  the  lateral  bands  of 
raesoblast  become  separate  from  the  axial  hypoblast  and 
give  rise  to  two  independent  lateral  plates  of  mesoblast 


X.]  THE   PRIMITIVE   STREAK.  323 

(Fig.   104).     The   axial   band  of  hypoblast  eventually 
oives  rise  to  the  notochord. 


FIG.  104. 


TRANSVERSE  SECTION  THROUGH  AN  EMBRYO  RABBIT  OF  EIGHT 

DAYS. 

efj.  epiblast ;  me.  mesoblast ;   Jiy.  hypoblast ;  mg.  medullary 
groove. 

The  mesoblastic  elements  from  these  two  sources, 
though  at  first  characterised  by  the  difference  in  the 
appearance  of  their  cells  (Fig.  102,  B),  those  of  the 
primitive  streak  mesoblast  being  more  rounded,  soon 
become  blended  and  indistinguishable  from  one  another; 
so  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  to  what  parts  of  the  fully 
formed  mesoblast  they  severally  contribute. 

In  tracing  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  rela- 
tions of  the  layers,  while  passing  from  the  region  of  the 
embryo  to  that  of  the  primitive  streak,  it  will  be  con- 
venient to  follow  the  account  given  by  Schafer  for  the 
guinea-pig,  which  on  this  point  is  far  fuller  and  more 
satisfactory  than  that  of  other  observers.  In  doing  so 
we  shall  leave  out  of  consideration  the  fact  that  the 
layers  in  the  guinea-pig  are  inverted.  Fig.  105  repre- 
sents a  series  of  sections  through  this  part  in  the  guinea- 
pig.  The  anterior  section  (D)  passes  through  the  medul- 
lary groove  near  its  hinder  end.  The  commencement  of 
the  primitive  streak  is  marked  by  a  slight  prominence  on 
the  floor  of  the  medullary  groove  between  the  two  diverg- 

21—2 


324 


THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBRYO. 


[CHAP. 


ing  medullary  folds  (Fig.  105  C,  ae).    Where  this  promi- 
nence becomes  first  apparent  the  epiblast  and  hypoblast 


A  SERIES  OF  TRANSVERSE  SECTIONS  THROUGH  THE  JUNCTION 
OF  THE  PRIMITIVE  STREAK  AND  MEDULLARY  GROOVE  OF 
A  YOUNG  GUINEA-PIG.  (After  Schafer.) 

A.  is  the  posterior  section. 

e.  epiblast ;  m.  mesoblast ;  h.  hypoblast ;  ae.  axial  epiblast  of 
the  primitive  streak  ;  ah.  axial  hypoblast  attached  in  B.  and 
C.  to  the  epiblast  at  the  rudimentary  blastopore ;  ng.  me- 
dullary groove  ;  /.  rudimentary  blastopore. 


X.]  THE   NOTOCHORD.  325 

are  united  together.  The  mesoblast  plates  at  the  two 
sides  remain  in  the  meantime  quite  free.  Slightly 
further  back,  but  before  the  primitive  groove  is  reached, 
the  epiblast  and  hypoblast  are  connected  together  by  a 
cord  of  cells  (Fig.  105  B,/),  which  in  the  section  next 
following  becomes  detached  from  the  hypoblast  and 
forms  a  solid  keel  projecting  from  the  epiblast.  In  the 
following  section  the  hitherto  independent  mesoblast 
plates  become  united  with  this  keel  (Fig.  105  A) ;  and 
in  the  posterior  sections,  through  the  part  of  the  primi- 
tive streak  with  the  primitive  groove,  the  epiblast  and 
mesoblast  continue  to  be  united  in  the  axial  line,  but 
the  hypoblast  remains  distinct.  These  peculiar  relations 
may  shortly  be  described  by  saying  that  in  the  axial 
line  the  hypoblast  becomes  united  with  the  epiblast  at 
the  posterior  end  of  the  embryo;  and  that  the  cells 
which  connect  the  hypoblast  and  epiblast  are  posteriorly 
continuous  with  the  fused  epiblast  and  mesoblast  of 
the  primitive  streak,  the  hypoblast  in  the  region  of  the 
primitive  streak  having  become  distinct  from  the  other 
layers. 

The  notochord.  The  thickened  axial  portion  of  the 
hypoblast  in  the  region  of  the  embryo  becomes  sepa- 
rated, as  we  have  already  pointed  out,  from  the  lateral 
parts  as  the  notochord. 

Very  shortly  after  the  formation  of  the  notochord, 
the  hypoblast  grows  in  from  the  two  sides,  and  becomes 
quite  continuous  across  the  middle  line.  The  formation 
of  the  notochord  takes  place  from  before  backwards; 
and  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  embryo  it  is  continued 
into  the  mass  of  cells  which  forms  the  axis  of  the  primi- 
tive streak,  becoming  therefore  at  this  point  continuous 


326  THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

with  the  epiblast.  The  notochord  in  fact  behaves  exactly 
as  did  the  axial  hypoblast  in  the  earlier  stage. 

The  peculiar  relations  just  mentioned  are  precisely  similar  to 
those  we  have  already  described  in  the  chick  (p.  60).  They 
receive  their  explanation  by  comparison  with  the  lower  types. 

The  cells  which  form  the  junction  between  the  epiblast  and 
the  axial  hypoblast  constitute  in  the  lower  types  the  front  wall  of 
a  passage  perforating  the  blastoderm  and  leading  from  the  ex- 
terior into  the  alimentary  canal.  This  passage  is  the  vertebrate 
blastopore. 

In  the  chick  we  have  seen  (p.  72)  this  passage  is  present  at  a 
certain  stage  of  development  as  the  neurenteric  canal ;  and  in  the 
duck  at  a  still  earlier  stage.  It  is  also  present  at  an  early  stage 
in  the  mole. 

The  presence  of  this  blastopore  renders  it  clear  that  the  blas- 
topore discovered  by  Ed.  van  Beneden  cannot  have  the  meaning 
he  assigned  to  it  in  comparing  it  with  the  blastopore  of  the 


To  recapitulate.  At  the  stage  we  have  now  reached 
the  three  layers  are  definitely  established. 

The  epiblast  is  derived  partly  from  the  outer  layer 
of  segmentation  spheres  and  partly  from  the  larger  pro- 
portion of  those  segmentation  spheres  which  constitute 
the  inner  mass.  The  hypoblast  arises  from  the  few 
remaining  cells  of  the  inner  mass ;  while  the  mesoblast 
has  its  origin  partially  from  the  epiblast  of  the  primitive 
streak  and  partially  from  the  hypoblast  cells  anterior  to 
the  primitive  streak. 

During  the  period  in  which  these  changes  have  been  taking 
place,  the  rudiments  of  a  vascular  area  become  formed,  and  while 
as  Kolliker  has  shewn,  the  mesoblast  of  this  portion  is  to  some 
extent  derived  from  the  mesoblast  of  the  primitive  streak,  it  is 
possible  that  a  portion  of  it  owes  its  origin  to  hypoblastic  meso- 
blast. 


X.]  THE   MEDULLARY   PLATE.  327 

General  growth  of  the  embryo.  We  have  seen 
that  the  blastodermic  vesicle  becomes  divided  at  an 
early  stage  of  development  into  an  embryonic  area,  and 
a  non-embryonic  portion.  The  embryonic  area  gives 
rise  to  the  whole  of  the  body  of  the  embryo,  while  the 
non-embryonic  part  forms  an  appendage  known  as  the 
umbilical  vesicle,  which  becomes  gradually  folded  off 
from  the  embryo,  and  has  precisely  the  relations  of  the 
yolk-sac  of  the  chick.  It  is  almost  certain  that  the 
Mammalia  are  descended  from  ancestors,  the  embryos 
of  which  had  large  yolk-sacs,  but  that  the  yolk  has 
become  reduced  in  quantity  owing  to  the  nutriment 
received  from  the  wall  of  the  uterus  taking  the  place 
of  that  originally  supplied  by  the  yolk.  A  rudiment  of 
the  yolk-sac  being  thus  retained  in  the  umbilical  vesi- 
cle, this  structure  may  be  called  indifferently  umbilical 
vesicle  or  yolk-sac. 

The  yolk  which  fills  the  yolk-sac  in  Birds  is  re- 
placed in  Mammals  by  a  coagulable  fluid;  while  the 
gradual  extension  of  the  hypoblast  round  the  wall  of 
the  blastodermic  vesicle,  which  has  already  been  de- 
scribed, is  of  the  same  nature  as  the  growth  of  the  hy- 
poblast round  the  yolk-sac  in  Birds. 

The  whole  embryonic  area  would  seem  to  be  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  the  body  of  the  embryo.  Its 
long  axis  has  no  very  definite  relation  to  that  of  the 
blastodermic  vesicle.  The  first  external  trace  of  the 
embryo  to  appear  is  the  medullary  plate,  bounded  by 
the  medullary  folds,  and  occupying  at  first  the  anterior 
half  of  the  -embryonic  area  (Fig.  103).  The  two  me- 
dullary folds  diverge  behind  and  enclose  the  front  end 
of  the  primitive  streak.  As  the  embryo  elongates  the 


328  THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

medullary  folds  nearly  meet  behind  and  so  cut  off  the 
front  portion  of  the  primitive  streak,  which  then  ap- 
pears as  a  projection  in  the  hind  end  of  the  medullary 
groove.  At  the  hind  end  of  the  medullary  groove 
(mole)  a  deep  pit  perforates  its  floor  and  enters  the 
mass  of  mesoblast  cells  lying  below.  The  pit  is  a  rudi- 
ment of  the  blastopore  (described  on  p.  326)  which  has 
been  enclosed  by  the  medullary  folds. 

Henceforward  the  general  course  of  development  is 
very  similar  to  that  in  the  chick  and  so  will  be  only  briefly 
described.  The  special  features  in  the  development  of 
particular  organs  will  be  described  later.  In  an  embryo 
rabbit,  eight  days  after  impregnation,  the  medullary 
groove  is  about  1*80  mm.  in  length.  At  this  stage  a 
division  may  be  clearly  seen  in  the  lateral  plates  of 
mesoblast  into  a  vertebral  zone  adjoining  the  embryo 
and  a  more  peripheral  lateral  zone ;  and  in  the  verte- 
bra] zone  indications  of  two  somites,  about  0'37  mm. 
from  the  hinder  end  of  the  embryo,  become  apparent. 
The  foremost  of  these  somites  marks  the  junction,  or 
very  nearly  so,  of  the  cephalic  region  and  trunk.  The 
small  size  of  the  latter  as  compared  with  the  former  is 
very  striking,  but  is  characteristic  of  Vertebrates  gene- 
rally. The  trunk  gradually  elongates  relatively  to  the 
head,  by  the  addition  behind  of  fresh  somites.  The 
embryo  has  not  yet  begun  to  be  folded  off  from  the 
yolk-sac. 

In  a  slightly  older  embryo  of  nine  days  there  appears 
(Hensen,  Kolliker)  round  the  embryonic  area  a  delicate 
clear  ring  which  is  narrower  in  front  than  behind  (Fig. 
106  A.  ap).  This  ring  is  regarded  by  these  authors  as 
representing  the  peripheral  part  of  the  area  pellucida  of 


X.]  THE   CEKEBRAL   VESICLES.  329 

Birds,  which  does  not  become  converted  into  the  body 
of  the  embryo.  Outside  the  area  pellucida,  an  area 
vasculosa  has  become  very  well  defined.  In  the  em- 
bryo itself  (Fig.  106  A)  the  disproportion  between  head 
and  trunk  is  less  marked  than  before;  the  medullary 
plate  dilates  anteriorly  to  form  a  spatula-shaped  ce- 
phalic enlargement;  and  three  or  four  somites  are 
established.  In  the  lateral  parts  of  the  mesoblast  of 
the  head  there  may  be  seen  on  each  side  a  tube-like 
structure  (hz).  Each  of  these  is  part  of  the  heart,  which 
arises  as  two  independent  tubes.  The  remains  of  the 
primitive  streak  (pr)  are  still  present  behind  the  me- 
dullary groove. 

In  somewhat  older  embryos  (Fig.  106  B)  with  about 
eight  somites,  in  which  the  trunk  considerably  exceeds 
the  head  in  length,  the  first  distinct  traces  of  the 
folding  off  of  the  head  end  of  the  embryo  become  ap- 
parent, and  somewhat  later  a  fold  also  appears  at  the 
hind  end.  In  the  formation  of  the  hind  end  of  the 
embryo  the  primitive  streak  gives  rise  to  a  tail  swelling 
and  to  part  of  the  ventral  wall  of  the  post-anal  gut.  In 
the  region  of  the  head  the  rudiments  of  the  heart  (h) 
are  far  more  definite.  The  medullary  groove  is  still 
open  for  its  whole  length,  but  in  the  head  it  exhibits  a 
series  of  well-marked  dilatations.  The  foremost  of 
these  (vh)  is  the  rudiment  of  the  fore-brain  from  the 
sides  of  which  there  project  the  two  optic  vesicles  (all) ; 
the  next  is  the  mid-brain  (mK)  and  the  last  is  the  hind-- 
brain (hh),  which  is  again  divided  into  smaller  lobes  by 
successive  constrictions.  The  medullary  groove  behind 
the  region  of  the  somites  dilates  into  an  embryonic 
sinus  rhomboidalis  like  that  of  the  bird.  Traces  of  the 


330 


A. 


THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBRYO. 

FIG.  106. 

B. 


[CHAP. 


EMBRYO  RABBITS  OF  ABOUT  NINE  DAYS  FROM  THE  DORSAL  SIDE. 

(From  Kolliker.] 
A.  magnified  22  times,  and  B.  21  times. 

ap.  area  pellucida  ;  rf.  medullary  groove  ;  hf.  medullary  plate  in 
the  region  of  the  future  fore-brain  ;  h".  medullary  plate  in 
the  region  of  the  future  mid-brain  ;  vh.  fore- brain  ;  ab.  optic 
vesicle  ;  mh.  mid-brain  ;  lili.  and  h'".  hind-brain  ;  uw.  meso- 
blastic  somite  ;  stz.  vertebral  zone  ;  pz.  lateral  zone  ;  liz.  and 
h.  heart ;  ph.  pericardial  section  of  body-cavity ;  vo.  vitelline 
vein  ;  af.  amnion  fold. 


X.]  GENERAL   DEVELOPMENT.  331 

amnion  (of)  are  now  apparent  both  in  front  of  and 
behind  the  embryo. 

The  structure  of  the  head  and  the  formation  of  the 
heart  at  this  age  are  illustrated  in  Fig.  107.  The 
widely  open  medullary  groove  (rf)  is  shewn  in  the 
centre.  Below  it  the  hypoblast  is  thickened  to  form 
the  notochord  dd' ;  and  at  the  sides  are  seen  the  two 
tubes,  which,  on  the  folding-in  of  the  fore-gut,  give  rise 
to  the  unpaired  heart1.  Each  of  these  is  formed  of 
an  outer  muscular  tube  of  splanchnic  mesoblast  (ahh), 
not  quite  closed  towards  the  hypoblast,  and  an  inner 
epithelioid  layer  (ihh),  and  is  placed  in  a  special  section 
of  the  body  cavity  (ph),  which  afterwards  forms  the 
pericardial  cavity. 

Before  the  ninth  day  is  completed  great  external 
changes  are  usually  effected.  The  medullary  groove 
becomes  closed  for  its  whole  length  with  the  exception 
of  a  small  posterior  portion.  The  closure  commences, 
as  in  Birds,  in  the  region  of  the  mid-brain.  Anteriorly 
the  folding-off  of  the  embryo  proceeds  so  far  that  the 
head  becomes  quite  free,  and  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  throat,  ending  blindly  in  front,  becomes  established. 
In  the  course  of  this  folding  the,  at  first  widely  sepa- 
rated, halves  of  the  heart  are  brought  together,  coalesce 
on  the  ventral  side  of  the  throat,  and  so  give  rise  to  a 
median  undivided  heart.  The  fold  at  the  tail  end  of 
the  embryo  progresses  considerably,  and  during  its  ad- 
vance the  allantois  is  formed  in  the  same  way  as  in 
Birds.  The  somites  increase  in  number  to  about  twelve. 
The  amniotic  folds  nearly  meet  above  the  embryo. 

1  The  details  of  the  development  of  the  heart  are  described  below 
(ch.  xii.). 


832 


A. 


THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO,  [CHAP. 

FIG.  107. 


TRANSVERSE  SECTION   THROUGH  THE  HEAD  OF  A  KABBIT  OF 
THE  SAME  AGE  AS  FIG.  106  B.     (From  Kolliker.) 

B.  is  a  more  highly  magnified  representation  of  part  of  A. 

rf.  medullary  groove  ;  mp.  medullary  plate  ;  rw.  medullary  fold ; 
h.  epiblast ;  dd.  hypoblast ;  dd'.  notochordal  thickening  of 
hypoblast ;  sp.  undivided  mesoblast ;  hp.  somatic  mesoblast ; 


X.]  THE   CRANIAL   FLEXURE.  333 

dfjj.  splanchnic  mesoblast;  ph.  pericardial  section  of  body- 
cavity  ;  ahh.  muscular  wall  of  heart ;  ihh.  epithelioid  layer  of 
heart ;  mes.  lateral  undivided  mesoblast ;  sw.  fold  of  hypo- 
blast  which  will  form  the  ventral  wall  of  the  pharynx ;  sr. 
commencing  throat. 

The  later  stages  in  the  development  proceed  in  the 
main  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  Bird.  The  cranial 
flexure  soon  becomes  very  marked,  the  mid-brain  form- 
ing the  end  of  the  long  axis  of  the  embryo  (Fig.  108). 
The  sense  organs  have  the  usual  development.  Under 
the  fore -brain  appears  an  epiblastic  involution  giving 

FIG.  108. 


ADVANCED  EMBRYO  OF  A  RABBIT  (ABOUT  TWELVE  DAYS)1. 

mb.  mid-brain ;  ih.  thalamencephalon ;  ce.  cerebral  hemisphere ; 
op.  eye  ;  iv.v.  fourth  ventricle  ;  moc.  maxillary  process  ;  md. 
mandibular  arch ;  Jiy.  hyoid  arch  ;  fl.  fore-limb  ;  hi.  hind- 
limb  ;  urn.  umbilical  stalk. 

1  .This  figure  was  drawn  by  Mr  Weldon. 


334  THE   MAMMALIAN    EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 

rise  both  to  the  mouth  and  to  the  pituitary  body.  Be- 
hind the  mouth  are  three  well  marked  pairs  of  visceral 
arches.  The  first  of  these  is  the  mandibular  arch 
(Fig.  108  md)y  which  meets  its  fellow  in  the  middle 
line,  and  forms  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  mouth. 
It  sends  forward  on  each  side  a  superior  maxillary  pro- 
cess (mx)  which  partially  forms  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  mouth.  Behind  the  mandibular  arch  are  present  a 
well-developed  hyoid  (hy)  and  a  first  branchial  arch 
(not  shewn  in  Fig.  108).  There  are  four  clefts,  as  in 
the  chick,  but  the  fourth  is  not  bounded  behind  by  a 
definite  arch.  Only  the  first  of  these  clefts  persists  as 
the  tympanic  cavity  and  Eustachian  tube. 

At  the  time  when  the  cranial  flexure  appears,  the 
body  also  develops  a  sharp  flexure  immediately  behind 
the  head,  which  is  thus  bent  forwards  upon  the  pos- 
terior straight  part  of  the  body  (Fig.  108).  The  amount 
of  this  flexure  varies  somewhat  in  different  forms.  It 
is  very  marked  in  the  dog  (Bischoff ).  At  a  later  period, 
and  in  some  species  even  before  the  stage  figured,  the 
tail  end  of  the  body  also  becomes  bent  (Fig.  108),  so 
that  the  whole  dorsal  side  assumes  a  convex  curvature, 
and  the  head  and  tail  become  closely  approximated.  In 
most  cases  the  embryo,  on  the  development  of  the  tail, 
assumes  a  more  or  less  definite  spiral  curvature  (Fig. 
108).  With  the  more  complete  development  of  the 
lower  wall  of  the  body  the  ventral  flexure  partially  dis- 
appears, but  remains  more  or  less  persistent  till  near 
the  close  of  intra-uterine  life.  The  limbs  are  formed  as 
simple  buds  in  the  same  manner  as  in  Birds.  The  buds 
of  the  hind-limbs  are  directed  somewhat  forwards,  and 
those  of  the  fore-limb  backwards. 


X.]  THE  HUMAN    EMBRYO.  335 

The  human  embryo.  Our  knowledge  as  to  the 
early  development  of  the  human  embryo  is  in  an  un- 
satisfactory state.  The  positive  facts  we  know  are  com- 
paratively few,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  construct  from 
them  a  history  of  the  development  which  is  capable  of 
satisfactory  comparison  with  that  in  other  forms,  unless 
all  the  early  embryos  known  are  to  be  regarded  as 
abnormal.  The  most  remarkable  feature  in  the  develop- 
ment, which  was  first  clearly  brought  to  light  by  Allen 
Thomson  in  1839,  is  the  very  early  appearance  of 
branched  villi.  In  the  last  few  years  several  ova,  even 
younger  than  those  described  by  Allen  Thomson,  have 
been  met  with,  which  exhibit  this  peculiarity. 

The  best  preserved  of  these  ova  is  one  described  by 
Reichert1.  This  ovum,  though  probably  not  more  than 
thirteen  days  old,  was  completely  enclosed  by  a  decidua 
reflexa.  It  had  (Fig.  109  A  and  B)  a  flattened  oval 
form,  measuring  in  its  two  diameters  5 '5  mm.  and 
3*5  mm.  The  edge  was  covered  with  branched  villi, 
while  in  the  centre  of  each  of  the  flattened  surfaces 
there  was  a  spot  free  from  villi.  On  the  surface  ad- 
joining the  uterine  wall  was  a  darker  area  (e)  formed  of 
two  layers  of  cells.  Nothing  certain  has  been  made  out 
about  the  structure  of  ova  of  this  age. 

The  villi,  which  at  first  leave  the  flattened  poles 
free,  seem  soon  to  extend  first  over  one  of  the  flat  sides 
and  finally  over  the  whole  ovum  (Fig.  109  C). 

Unless  the  two-layered  region  of  Reichert's  ovum  is 
the  embryonic  area,  nothing  which  can  clearly  be 
identified  as  an  embryo  has  been  detected  in  these 

1  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  1873. 


336 


THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO. 


[CHAP. 


THE  HUMAN  OVA  DURING  EARLY  STAGES  OP  DEVELOPMENT. 
(From  Quain's  Anatomy.) 

A.  and  B.     Front  and  side  view  of  an  ovum  figured  by  Keichert, 

supposed  to  be  about  thirteen  days.     e.  embryonic  area. 
C.     An  ovum  of  about  four  or  five  weeks  shewing  the  general 

structure  of  the  ovum  before  the  formation  of  the  placenta. 

Part  of  the  wall  of  the  ovum  is  removed  to  shew  the  embryo 

in  situ.     (After  Allen  Thomson.) 

early  ova.  In  an  ovum  described  by  Breus,  and  in  one 
described  long  ago  by  Wharton-Jones,  a  mass  found  in 
the  interior  of  the  ovum  may  perhaps  be  interpreted 
(His)  as  the  remains  of  the  yolk.  It  is,  however,  very 
probable  that  all  the  early  ova  so  far  obtained  are 
more  or  less  pathological. 

The  youngest  ovum  with  a  distinct  embryo  is  one 
described  by  His.  This  ovum,  which  is  diagrammati- 
cally  represented  in  Fig.  Ill  in  longitudinal  section, 
had  the  form  of  an  oval  vesicle  completely  covered  by 
villi,  being  about  8*5  mm.  and  5*5  mm.  in  its  two 
diameters,  and  flatter  on  one  side  than  on  the  other. 
An  embryo  with  a  yolk-sac  was  attached  to  the  inner 
side  of  the  flatter  wall  of  the  vesicle  by  a  stalk,  which 
must  be  regarded  as  the  allantoic  stalk;  the  embryo 


X.] 


THE  HUMAN  EMBRYO. 
FIG.  110. 


337 


ch- 


THREE  EARLY  HUMAN  EMBRYOS.    (Copied  from  His.) 

A.  Side  view  of  an  early  embryo  described  by  His. 

B.  Embryo  of  about  12 — 14  days  described  by  Allen  Thom- 
son. 

C.  Young  embryo  described  by  His. 

am.  amnion ;    md.   medullary  groove ;    um.   umbilical  vesicle ; 
ck.  chorion,  to  which  the  embryo  is  attached  by  a  stalk. 

and  yolk-sac   filled  up  but  a  very  small   part  of  the 
whole  cavity  of  the  vesicle. 

The  embryo,  which  was  probably  not  quite  normal 
(Fig.  110  A),  was  very  imperfectly  developed;  a  me- 
dullary plate  was  hardly  indicated,  and,  though  the 
mesoblast  was  unsegmented,  the  head  fold,  separating 
the  embryo  from  the  yolk-sac  (um),  was  already  in- 
F.  &  B.  22 


338  THE   MAMMALIAN   EMBRYO.  [CHAP. 


DIAGRAMMATIC   LONGITUDINAL    SECTION    OF    THE   OVUM    TO 

WHICH  THE  EMBRYO  (FiG.  110  A.)  BELONGED.     (After  His.) 

am.  amnion ;  Nb.  umbilical  vesicle. 

dicated.  The  amnion  (am)  was  completely  formed,  and 
vitelline  vessels  had  made  their  appearance. 

Two  embryos  described  by  Allen  Thomson  are  but 
slightly  older  than  the  above  embryo  of  His.  Both  of 
them  probably  belong  to  the  first  fortnight  of  preg- 
nancy. In  both  cases  the  embryo  was  more  or  less 
folded  off  from  the  yolk-sac,  and  in  one  of  them  the 
medullary  groove  was  still  widely  open,  except  in  the 
region  of  the  neck  (Fig.  110  B).  The  allantoic  stalk,  if 
present,  was  not  clearly  made  out,  and  the  condition  of 
the  amnion  was  also  not  fully  studied.  The  smaller  of 
the  two  ova  was  just  6  mm.  in  its  largest  diameter,  and 
was  nearly  completely  covered  with  simple  villi,  more 
developed  on  one  side  than  on  the  other. 

In  a  somewhat  later  period,  about  the  stage  of  a 
chick  at  the  end  of  the  second  day,  the  medullary  folds 
are  completely  closed,  the  region  of  the  brain  already 
marked,  and  the  cranial  flexure  commencing.  The 
mesoblast  is  divided  up  into  numerous  somites,  and  the 
mandibular  and  first  two  branchial  arches  are  indicated. 


X.] 


THE   HUMAN   EMBRYO. 


339 


The  embryo  is  still  but  incompletely  folded  off  from 
the  yolk-sac  below. 

In  a  still  older  stage  the  cranial  flexure  becomes 
still  more  pronounced,  placing  the  mid-brain  at  the  end 
of  the  long  axis  of  the  body.  The  body  also  begins  to 
be  ventrally  curved  (Fig.  110  C). 

Externally  human  embryos  at  this  age  are  charac- 
terized by  the  small  size  of  the  anterior  end  of  the 
head. 

The  flexure  goes  on  gradually  increasing,  and  in  the 
third  week  of  pregnancy  in  embryos  of  about  4  mm.  the 
limbs  make  their  appearance. 

The  embryo  at  this  stage  (Fig.  112),  which  is  about 

FIG.  112. 


Two  VIEWS  OP  A  HUMAN   EMBRYO  OF  BETWEEN  THE  THIRD 
AND  FOURTH  WEEK. 

A.  Side  view.      (From   Kolliker ;    after  Allen   Thomson.)     a. 
amnion ;  b.  umbilical  vesicle ;  c.  mandibular  arch ;  e.  hyoid 
arch;  /.  commencing  anterior  limb;  g.  primitive  auditory 
vesicle ;  h.  eye ;  i.  heart. 

B.  Dorsal  view  to  shew  the  attachment  of  the  dilated  allantoic 
stalk  to  the  chorion.     (From  a  sketch  by  Allen  Thomson.) 
am.  amnion ;  all.  allantois  ;  ys.  yolk-sac. 

22—2 


340 


THE  MAMMALIAN  EMBRYO. 


[CHAP. 


equivalent  to  that  of  a  chick  on  the  fourth  day,  re- 
sembles in  almost  every  respect  the  normal  embryos  of 
the  Amniota.  The  cranial  flexure  is  as  pronounced  as 
usual,  and  the  cerebral  region  has  now  fully  the  normal 
size.  The  whole  body  soon  becomes  flexed  ventrally, 
and  also  somewhat  spirally.  The  yolk-sac  (B ;  ys)  forms  a 
small  spherical  appendage  with  a  long  wide  stalk,  and 
the  embryo  is  attached  by  an  allantoic  stalk  with  a 
slight  swelling,  probably  indicating  the  presence  of  a 
small  hypoblastic  diverticulum,  to  the  inner  face  of  the 
chorion. 

A  detailed  history  of  the  further  development  of 
the  human  embryo  does  not  fall  within  the  province  of 

FIG.  113. 


FIGURES  SHEWING  THE  EARLY  CHANGES  IN  THE  FORM  OF  THE 
HUMAN  HEAD.     (From  QM&IU'S  Anatomy.) 

A.  Head  of   an    embryo  of    about    four  weeks.      (After 

Allen  Thomson.) 

B.  Head  of  an  embryo  of  about  six  weeks.     (After  Ecker.) 

C.  Head  of  an  embryo  of  about  nine  weeks. 

1.  mandibular  arch  ;  1'.  persistent  part  of  hyomandibular  cleft ; 
a.  auditory  vesicle. 


INVERSION  OF  THE  LAYERS. 


341 


x.] 

this  work;  while  the  later  changes  in  the  embryonic 
membranes  will  be  dealt  with  in  the  next  chapter.  For 
the  changes  which  take  place  on  the  formation  of  the 
face  we  may  refer  the  reader  to  Fig.  113.  For  a  full  dis- 
cussion as  to  the  relation  between  the  human  embryos 
just  described  and  those  of  other  Mammals,  we  refer  the 
reader  to  the  Comp.  Embryology,  Vol.  II.  p.  224  et  seq. 
The  guinea  pig,  rat  and  mouse  present  a  pe- 
culiar method  of  development,  the  details  of  which  are 
not  entirely  understood,  and  we  do  not  propose  to 
examine  them  here.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  the  mode  of 
development  gives  rise  to  the  so-called  inversion  of  the 
layers;  so  called  because  the  outer  layer  of  the  em- 
bryonic vesicle  appeared  to  the  older  observers  to  be 
formed  of  hypoblast  and  the  embryonic  epiblast  to  be 
enclosed  within. 


CHAPTER  XL 

EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES  AND  YOLK-SAC. 

IN  the  Mammalia  the  early  stages  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  embryonic  membranes  are  nearly  the  same 
as  in  Aves ;  but  during  the  later  stages  the  allantois 
enters  into  peculiar  relations  with  the  uterine  walls, 
and  the  two,  together  with  the  interposed  portion  of 
the  sub  zonal  membrane  or  false  amnion  (the  nature  of 
which  will  be  presently  described),  give  rise  to  a  very 
characteristic  Mammalian  organ — the  placenta — into 
the  structure  of  which  it  will  be  necessary  to  enter 
at  some  length.  The  embryonic  membranes  vary  so 
considerably  in  the  different  forms  that  it  will  be  ad- 
vantageous to  commence  with  a  description  of  their 
development  in  an  ideal  case. 

We  may  commence  with  a  blastodermic  vesicle  closely 
invested  by  the  delicate  remnant  of  the  zona  radiata  at 
the  stage  in  which  the  medullary  groove  is  already 
established.  Around  the  embryonic  area  a  layer  of 
mesoblast  would  have  extended  for  a  certain  distance ; 
so  as  to  give  rise  to  an  area  vasculosa,  in  which  how- 
ever the  blood-vessels  would  not  have  become  definitely 


CHAP.  XI.]      MEMBRANES  OF  RABBIT.  343 

established.  Such  a  vesicle  is  represented  diagram- 
matically  in  Fig.  114,  I.  Somewhat  later  the  embryo 
begins  to  be  folded  off  first  in  front  and  then  behind 
(Fig.  114,  2).  These  folds  result  in  a  constriction  sepa- 
rating the  embryo  and  the  yolk-sac  (ds),  or  as  it  is 
called  in  Mammalian  embryology,  the  umbilical  vesicle. 
The  splitting  of  the  mesoblast  into  a  splanchnic  and  a 
somatic  layer  has  taken  place,  and  at  the  front  and 
hind  end  of  the  embryo  a  fold  (ks)  of  the  somatic  meso- 
blast and  epiblast  begins  to  rise  up  and  grow  over  the 
head  and  tail  of  the  embryo.  These  two  folds  form  the 
commencement  of  the  amnion.  The  head  and  tail  folds 
of  the  amnion  are  continued  round  the  two  sides  of  the 
embryo  till  they  meet  and  unite  into  a  continuous  fold. 
This  fold  grows  gradually  upwards,  but  before  it  has 
completely  enveloped  the  embryo  the  blood-vessels  of 
the  area  vasculosa  become  fully  developed.  They  are 
arranged  in  a  manner  not  very  different  from  that  in 
the  chick. 

The  following  is  a  brief  account  of  their  arrange- 
ment in  the  rabbit : — 

The  outer  boundary  of  the  area,  which  is  continually  extend- 
ing further  and  further  round  the  umbilical  vesicle,  is  marked  by 
a  venous  sinus  terminalis  (Fig.  114,  st).  The  area  is  not,  as  in 
the  chick,  a  nearly  complete  circle,  but  is  in  front  divided  by  a 
deep  indentation  extending  inwards  to  the  level  of  the  heart.  In 
consequence  of  this  indentation  the  sinus  terminalis  ends  in 
front  in  two  branches,  which  bend  inwards  and  fall  directly  into 
the  main  vitelliue  veins.  The  blood  is  brought  from  the  dorsal 
aortse  by  a  series  of  lateral  vitelline  arteries,  and  not  by  a  single 
pair  as  in  the  chick.  These  arteries  break  up  into  a  more  deeply 
situated  arterial  network,  from  which  the  blood  is  continued 
partly  into  the  sinus  terminalis,  and  partly  into  a  superficial  venous 


344        EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES  AND  YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 
FIG.  1U. 


ch 


XI.]  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES.  345 


FIVE  DIAGRAMMATIC  FIGURES  ILLUSTRATING  THE  FORMATION 
OF  THE  FOETAL  MEMBRANES  OF  A  MAMMAL.  (From  Kolli- 
ker.) 

In  1,  2,  3,  4  the  embryo  is  represented  in  longitudinal  section. 

1.  Ovurn    with  zona  pellucicla,   blastodermic   vesicle,  and 
embryonic  area. 

2.  Ovum  with  commencing  formation  of  umbilical  vesicle 
and  amnion. 

3.  Ovum  with  amnion   about  to  close,   and    commencing 
allantois. 

4.  Ovum  with  villous  subzonal  membrane,  larger  allantois, 
and  mouth  and  anus. 

5.  Ovum  in  which  the  mesoblast  of  the  allantois  has  ex- 
tended round  the  inner  surface  of  the  subzonal  membrane  and 
united  with  it  to  form  the  chorion.     The  cavity  of  the  allantois 
is  aborted.     This  fig.  is  a  diagram  of  an  early  human  ovum. 

d.  zona  radiata ;  d  and  sz.  processes  of  zona ;  sh.  subzonal  mem- 
brane, outer  fold  of  amnion,  false  amnion ;  ch.  chorion ;  ch.  z. 
chorionic  villi ;  am.  amnion ;  ks.  head-fold  of  amnion ;  ss.  tail- 
fold  of  amnion ;  a.  epiblast  of  embryo ;  a.  epiblast  of  non-em- 
bryonic part  of  the  blastodermic  vesicle ;  m.  embryonic  meso- 
blast ;  m'.  non-embryonic  mesoblast ;  df.  area  vasculosa  ;  st. 
sinus  terminalis;  dd.  embryonic  hypoblast;  i.  non-embryo- 
nic hypoblast ;  kh.  cavity  of  blastodermic  vesicle,  the  greater 
part  of  which  becomes  the  cavity  of  umbilical  vesicle  ds. ; 
dg.  stalk  of  umbilical  vesicle ;  al.  allantois ;  e.  embryo ;  r. 
space  between  chorion  and  amnion  containing  albuminous 
fluid  ;  vl.  ventral  body  wall ;  hh.  pericardial  cavity. 


346        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND   YOLK-SAC.      [CHAP. 

network.  The  hinder  end  of  the  heart  is  continued  into  two 
vitelline  veins,  each  of  which  divides  into  an  anterior  and  a 
posterior  branch.  The  anterior  branch  is  a  limb  of  the  sinus 
terminalis,  and  the  posterior  and  smaller  branch  is  continued 
towards  the  hind  part  of  the  sinus,  near  which  it  ends.  On  its 
way  it  receives,  on  its  outer  side,  numerous  branches  from  the 
venous  network.  The  venous  network  connects  by  its  anasto- 
moses, the  posterior  branch  of  the  vitelline  vein  and  the  sinus 
terminalis. 

Shortly  after  the  establishment  of  the  circulation  of 
the  yolk-sac  the  folds  of  the  amnion  meet  and  coalesce 
above  the  embryo  (Fig.  114,  3  and  4,  am).  After  this  the 
inner  or  true  amnion  becomes  severed  from  the  outer 
or  false  amnion,  though  the  two  sometimes  remain  con- 
nected by  a  narrow  stalk.  The  space  between  the  true 
and  false  amnion  is  a  continuation  of  the  body  cavity. 
The  true  amnion  consists  of  a  layer  of  epiblastic  epi- 
thelium and  generally  also  of  somatic  mesoblast,  while 
the  false  amnion  consists  as  a  rule  of  epiblast  only; 
though  it  is  possible  that  in  some  cases  (the  rabbit  ?) 
the  mesoblast  may  be  continued  along  its  inner 
face. 

Before  the  two  limbs  of  the  amnion  are  completely 
severed  the  epiblast  of  the  umbilical  vesicle  becomes  sepa- 
rated from  the  subjacent  mesoblast  and  hypoblast  of  the 
vesicle  (Fig.  114,  3),  and,  together  with  the  false  am- 
nion (sh)  with  which  it  is  continuous,  forms  a  complete 
lining  for  the  inner  face  of  the  zona  radiata.  The  space 
between  this  membrane  and  the  umbilical  vesicle  with 
the  attached  embryo  is  obviously  continuous  with  the 
body  cavity  (vide  Figs.  114,  4  and  115).  To  this  mem- 
brane Turner  has  given  the  appropriate  name  of  sub- 
zonal  membrane :  by  Von  Baer  it  was  called  the  serous 


XI.]  ATTACHMENT   OF  THE  OVUM.  347 

envelope.     It  soon  fuses  with  the  zona  radiata,  or  at 
any  rate  the  zona  ceases  to  be  distinguishable. 

While  the  above  changes  have  been  taking  place 
the  whole  blastodermic  vesicle,  still  enclosed  in  the 
zona,  has  become  attached  to  the  walls  of  the  uterus. 
In  the  case  of  the  typical  uterus  with  two  tubular 
horns,  the  position  of  each  embryo,  when  there  are 
several,  is  marked  by  a  swelling  in  the  walls  of  the 
uterus,  preparatory  to  the  changes  in  the  wall  which 
take  place  on  the  formation  of  the  placenta.  In  the 
region  of  each  swelling  the  zona  around  the  blasto- 
dermic vesicle  is  closely  embraced  in  a  ring-like  fashion 
by  the  epithelium  of  the  uterine  wall.  The  whole 
vesicle  assumes  an  oval  form,  and  it  lies  in  the  uterus 
with  its  two  ends  free.  The  embryonic  area  is  placed 
close  to  the  mesometric  attachment  of  the  uterus.  In 
many  cases  peculiar  processes  or  villi  grow  out  from 
the  ovum  (Fig.  114,  4,  sz)  which  fit  into  the  folds  of 
the  uterine  epithelium,  The  nature  of  these  processes 
requires  further  elucidation,  but  in  some  instances 
they  appear  to  proceed  from  the  zona  (rabbit)  and  in 
other  instances  from  the  subzonal  membrane  (dog). 
In  any  case  the  attachment  between  the  blastodermic 
vesicle  and  the  uterine  wall  becomes  so  close  at  the 
time  when  the  body  of  the  embryo  is  first  formed  out 
of  the  embryonic  area,  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to 
separate  them  without  laceration ;  and  at  this  period — 
from  the  8th  to  the  9th  day  in  the  rabbit — it  requires 
the  greatest  care  to  remove  the  ovum  from  the  uterus 
without  injury.  It  will  be  understood  of  course  that 
the  attachment  above  described  is  at  first  purely  super- 
ficial and  not  vascular. 


348       EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES  AND   YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 

During  the  changes  above  described  as  taking  place 
in  the  amnion,  the  allantois  grows  out  from  the  hind- 
gut  as  a  vesicle  lined  by  hypoblast,  but  covered  ex- 
ternally by  a  layer  of  splanchnic  mesoblast  (Fig.  114,  3 
and  4,  at)1.  It  soon  becomes  a  flat  sac,  projecting  into 
the  now  largely  developed  space  between  the  subzonal 
membrane  and  the  amnion,  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the 
embryo  (Fig.  115,  ALC}.  In  some  cases  it  extends  so 
as  to  cover  the  whole  inner  surface  of  the  subzonal 
membrane ;  in  other  cases  again  its  extension  is  much 
more  limited.  Its  lumen  may  be  retained  or  may  be- 
come nearly  or  wholly  aborted.  A  fusion  takes  place 
between  the  subzonal  membrane  and  the  adjoining 
mesoblastic  wall  of  the  allantois,  and  the  two  together 
give  rise  to  a  secondary  membrane  round  the  ovum 
known  as  the  chorion.  Since  however  the  allantois 
does  not  always  come  in  contact  with  the  whole  inner 
surface  of  the  subzonal  membrane  the  term  chorion  is 
apt  to  be  somewhat  vague ;  in  the  rabbit,  for  instance, 
a  considerable  part  of  the  so-called  chorion  is  formed 
by  a  fusion  of  the  wall  of  the  yolk-sac  with  the  sub- 
zonal  membrane  (Fig.  116).  The  region  of  the  chorion 
which  gives  rise  to  the  placenta  may  in  such  cases  be 
distinguished  as  the  true  chorion  from  the  remaining 
part  which  will  be  called  the  false  chorion. 

The  mesoblast  of  the  allantois,  especially  that  part 
of  it  which  assists  in  forming  the  chorion,  becomes 
highly  vascular ;  the  blood  being  brought  to  it  by  two 
allantoic  arteries  continued  from  the  terminal  bifur- 

1  The  hypoblastic  element  in  the  allantois  is  sometimes  very  much 
reduced,  so  that  the  allantois  maybe  mainly  formed  of  a  vascular  layer 
of  mesoblast. 


XL] 


THE   CHORION. 


FIG.  115. 


349 


DIAGRAM  OF  THE  FCETAL  MEMBRANES  OP  A  MAMMAL.  (From 
Turner.) 

Structures  which  either  are  or  have  been  at  an  earlier  period 
of  development  continuous  with  each  other  are  represented  by 
the  same  character  of  shading. 

pc.  zona  with  villi ;  sz.  subzonal  membrane ;  E.  epiblast  of 
embryo ;  am.  amnion ;  AC.  amniotic  cavity ;  M.  mesoblast 
of  embryo ;  H.  hypoblast  of  embryo  ;  UV.  umbilical  vesicle  ; 
al.  allantois ;  ALC.  allantoic  cavity. 

cation  of  the  dorsal  aorta,  and  returned  to  the  body 
by  one,  or  rarely  two,  allantoic  veins,  which  join  the 
vitelline  veins  from  the  yolk-sac.  From  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  true  chorion  (Fig.  114,  5,  ch.  z,  116)  villi  grow 
out  and  fit  into  crypts  or  depressions  which  have  in  the 


350       EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND  YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 

meantime  made  their  appearance  in  the  walls  of  the 
uterus1.  The  villi  of  the  chorion  are  covered  by  an 
epithelium  derived  from  the  subzonal  membrane,  and 
are  provided  with  a  connective-tissue  core  containing 
an  artery  and  vein  and  a  capillary  plexus  connecting 
them.  In  most  cases  they  assume  a  more  or  less  ar- 
borescent form,  and  have  a  distribution  on  the  surface 
of  the  chorion  varying  characteristically  in  different 
species.  The  walls  of  the  crypts  into  which  the  villi 
are  fitted  also  become  highly  vascular,  and  a  nutritive 
fluid  passes  from  the  maternal  vessels  of  the  placenta 
to  the  foetal  vessels  by  a  process  of  diffusion;  while 
there  is  probably  also  a  secretion  by  the  epithelial 
lining  of  the  walls  of  the  crypts,  which  becomes  ab- 
sorbed by  the  vessels  of  the  fcetal  villi.  The  above 
maternal  and  foetal  structures  constitute  together  the 
organ  known  as  the  placenta.  The  maternal  portion 
consists  essentially  of  the  vascular  crypts  in  the 
uterine  walls,  and  the  foetal  portion  of  more  or  less 
arborescent  villi  of  the  true  chorion  fitting  into  these 
crypts. 

While  the  placenta  is  being  developed  the  folding 
off  of  the  embryo  from  the  yolk-sac  becomes  more 
complete;  and  the  yolk-sac  remains  connected  with  the 
ileal  region  of  the  intestine  by  a  narrow  stalk,  the  vi- 
telline  duct  (Fig.  114,  4  and  5  and  Fig.  115),  consisting 
of  the  same  tissues  as  the  yolk-sac,  viz.  hypoblast  and 
splanchnic  mesoblast.  While  the  true  splanchnic  stalk 

1  These  crypts  have  no  connection  with  the  openings  of  glands  in 
the  walls  of  the  uterus.  They  are  believed  by  Ercolani  to  be  formed 
to  a  large  extent  by  a  regeneration  of  the  lining  tissue  of  the  uterine 
walls. 


XL]  THE  PLACENTA.  S51 

of  the  yolk-sac  is  becoming  narrow,  a  somatic  stalk 
connecting  the  amnion  with  the  walls  of  the  embryo  is 
also  formed,  and  closely  envelopes  the  stalk  both  of  the 
allantois  and  the  yolk-sac.  The  somatic  stalk  together 
with  its  contents  is  known  as  the  umbilical  cord.  The 
mesoblast  of  the  somatopleuric  layer  of  the  cord  de- 
velops into  a  kind  of  gelatinous  tissue  which  cements 
together  the  whole  of  the  contents.  The  allantoic  ar- 

o 

teries  in  the  cord  wind  in  a  spiral  manner  round  the 
allantoic  vein.  The  yolk-sac  in  many  cases  atrophies 
completely  before  the  close  of  intra-uterine  life,  but  in 
other  cases  it,  like  the  other  embryonic  membranes,  is 
not  removed  till  birth.  The  intra-embryonic  portion  of 
the  allantoic  stalk  gives  rise  to  two  structures,  viz.  to 
(1)  the  urinary  bladder  formed  by  a  dilatation  of  its 
proximal  extremity,  and  to  (2)  a  cord  known  as  the 
urachus  connecting  the  bladder  with  the  wall  of  the 
body  at  the  umbilicus.  The  urachus,  in  cases  where 
the  cavity  of  the  allantois  persists  till  birth,  remains  as 
an  open  passage  connecting  the  intra-  and  extra-em- 
bryonic parts  of  the  allantois.  In  other  cases  it  gradually 
closes,  and  becomes  nearly  solid  before  birth,  though  a 
delicate  but  interrupted  lumen  would  appear  to  persist 
in  it.  It  eventually  gives  rise  to  the  ligamentum  vesicae 
medium. 

At  birth  the  foetal  membranes,  including  the  foetal 
portion  of  the  placenta,  are  shed ;  but  in  many  forms 
the  interlocking  of  the  foetal  villi  with  the  uterine 
crypts  is  so  close  that  the  uterine  mucous  membrane  is 
carried  away  with  the  foetal  part  of  the  placenta.  It 
thus  comes  about  that  in  some  placentae  the  maternal 
and  foetal  parts  simply  separate  from  each  other  at  birth, 


352        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES  AND   YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 

and  that  in  others  the  two  remain  intimately  locked 
together,  and  both  are  shed  together  as  the  after-birth. 
These  two  forms  of  placenta  are  distinguished  as  non- 
deciduate  and  deciduate,  but  no  sharp  line  can  be  drawn 
between  the  two  types.  Moreover,  a  larger  part  of  the 
uterine  mucous  membrane  than  that  actually  entering 
into  the  maternal  part  of  the  placenta  is  often  shed  in 
the  deciduate  Mammalia,  and  in  the  non-deciduate 
Mammalia  it  is  probable  that  the  mucous  membrane 
(not  including  vascular  parts)  of  the  maternal  placenta 
is  either  shed  or  absorbed. 


Comparative  history  of  the  Mammalian  foetal 
membranes. 

Two  groups  of  Mammalia — the  Monotremata  and 
the  Marsupialia — are  believed  not  to  be  provided  with 
a  true  placenta.  Nothing  is  known  of  the  arrangement 
of  the  foetal  membranes  in  the  former  group  of  animals 
(Monotremata).  In  the  latter  (Marsupialia)  the  yolk- 
sac  is  large  and  vascular,  and  is,  according  to  Owen, 
attached  to  the  subzonal  membrane.  The  allantois  on 
the  other  hand  is  but  small,  and  is  not  attached  to  the 
subzonal  membrane;  it  possesses  however  a  vascular 
supply. 

Observations  have  hitherto  been  very  limited  with 
regard  to  the  foetal  membranes  of  this  group  of  animals, 
but  it  appears  highly  probable  that  both  the  yolk-sac 
and  the  allantois  receive  nutriment  from  the  walls  of 
the  uterus. 

All  Mammalia  other  than  the  Monotremata  and 
Marsupialia  have  a  true  allantoic  placenta.  The  pla- 


XI.]  DISCOIDAL  PLACENTA.  353 

centa  presents  a  great  variety  of  forms,  and  we  propose 
first  to  treat  the  most  important  of  these  in  succession, 
and  then  to  give  a  general  exposition  of  their  mutual 
affinities. 

The  discoidal  placenta  is  found  in  the  Rodentia, 
Insectivora,  and  Cheiroptera.  The  Rabbit  may  be 
taken  as  an  example  of  this  type  of  placenta. 

The  Rabbit.  In  the  pregnant  female  Rabbit  several  ova  are 
generally  found  in  each  horn  of  the  uterus.  The  general  condi- 
tion of  the  foetal-membranes  at  the  time  of  their  full  development 
is  shewn  in  Fig.  116. 

The  embryo  is  surrounded  by  the  amnion,  which  is  compara- 
tively small.  The  yolk-sac  (ds)  is  large  and  attached  to  the 
embryo  by  a  long  stalk.  It  has  the  form  of  a  flattened  sac 
closely  applied  to  about  two-thirds  of  the  surface  of  the  subzonal 
membrane.  The  outer  wall  of  this  sac,  adjoining  the  subzonal 
membrane,  is  formed  of  hypoblast  only ;  but  the  inner  wall  is 
covered  by  the  mesoblast  of  the  area  vaaculosa,  as  indicated  by 
the  thick  black  line  (fd).  The  vascular  area  is  bordered  by 
the  sinus  terminalis  (st).  In  an  earlier  stage  of  development  the 
yolk-sac  had  not  the  compressed  form  represented  in  the  figure. 
It  is,  however,  remarkable  that  the  vascular  area  never  extends 
over  the  whole  yolk-sac  ;  but  the  inner  vascular  wall  of  the  yolk- 
sac  fuses  with  the  outer  wall,  and  with  the  subzonal  membrane, 
and  so  forms  a  false  chorion,  which  receives  its  blood  supply 
from  the  yolk-sac.  This  part  of  the  chorion  does  not  develop 
vascular  villi. 

The  allantois  (al)  is  a  simple  vascular  sac  with  a  large  cavity. 
Part  of  its  wall  is  applied  to  the  subzonal  membrane,  and  gives  rise 
to  the  true  chorion  from  which  there  project  numerous  vascular 
villi.  These  fit  into  corresponding  uterine  crypts.  It  seems  pro- 
bable, from  BischofFs  and  Kolliker's  observations,  that  the  sub- 
zonal  membrane  in  the  area  of  the  placenta  becomes  attached, 
by  means  of  villi,  to  the  uterine  wall  even  before  its  fusion  with 
the  allantois.  In  the  later  periods  of  gestation  the  intermingling 
of  the  maternal  and  fcetal  parts  of  the  placenta  becomes  very 

F.  &  B.  23 


354        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES  AND   YOLK-SAC.      [CHAP. 

close,  and  the  placenta  is  truly  deciduate.  The  cavity  of  the 
allantois  persists  till  birth.  Between  the  yolk-sac,  the  allantois, 
and  the  embryo,  there  is  left  a  large  cavity  filled  with  an  albumi- 
nous fluid. 

FIG.  116. 


DIAGRAMMATIC  LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  OF  A  RABBIT'S  OVUM 
AT  AN  ADVANCED  STAGE  OF  PREGNANCY.  (From  Kolliker 
after  Bischoff.) 

e.  embryo ;  a.  amnion ;  a.  urachus  ;  al.  allantois  with  blood- 
vessels ;  sh.  sub-zonal  membrane ;  pi.  placental  villi ;  fd. 
vascular  layer  of  yolk-sac;  ed.  hypoblastic  layer  of  yolk- 
sac  ;  ed'.  inner  portion  of  hypoblast,  and  ed".  outer  portion 
of  hypoblast  lining  the  compressed  cavity  of  the  yolk-sac ; 
ds.  cavity  of  yolk-sac ;  st.  sinus  terminalis ;  r.  space  filled 
with  fluid  between  the  amnion,  the  allantois  and  the  yolk- 
sac. 

The  metadiscoidal  type  of  placenta  is  found  in 
Man  and  the  Apes.  The  placenta  of  Man  may  be  con- 
veniently taken  as  an  example  of  this  type. 


XI.]  METADISCOIDAL   PLACENTA.  355 

Man.  The  early  stages  in  the  development  of  the  foetal 
membranes  in  the  human  embryo  have  not  been  satisfactorily 
observed ;  but  it  is  known  that  the  ovum,  shortly  after  its 
entrance  into  the  uterus,  becomes  attached  to  the  uterine  wall, 
which  in  the  meantime  has  undergone  considerable  preparatory 
changes.  A  fold  of  the  uterine  wall  appears  to  grow  round  the 
blastodermic  vesicle,  and  to  form  a  complete  capsule  for  it,  but 
the  exact  mode  of  formation  of  this  capsule  is  a  matter  of  infer- 
ence and  not  of  observation.  During  the  first  fortnight  of  preg- 
nancy villi  grow  out,  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  ovum.  The 
further  history  of  the  early  stages  is  extremely  obscure :  what 
is  known  with  reference  to  it  will  be  found  on  p.  335  et  seq. ;  we 
will  here  take  up  the  history  at  about  the  fourth  week. 

At  this  stage  a  complete  chorion  has  become  formed,  and  is 
probably  derived  from  a  growth  of  the  niesoblast  of  the  allantois 
(unaccompanied  by  the  hypoblast)  round  the  whole  inner  surface 
of  the  subzonal  membrane.  From  the  whole  surface  of  the 
chorion  there  project  branched  vascular  processes,  covered  by 
an  epithelium.  The  allantois  is  without  a  cavity,  but  a  hypo- 
blastic  epithelium  is  present  in  the  allantoic  stalk,  though 
not  forming  a  continuous  tube.  The  blood-vessels  of  the 
chorion  are  derived  from  the  usual  allantoic  arteries  and  vein. 
The  general  condition  of  the  embryo  and  of  its  membranes  at 
this  period  is  shewn  diagrammatically  in  Fig.  114,  5.  Around 
the  embryo  is  seen  the  amnion,  already  separated  by  a  consider- 
able interval  from  the  embryo.  The  yolk-sac  is  shewn  at  ds. 
Eelatively  to  the  other  parts  it  is  considerably  smaller  than 
it  was  at  an  earlier  stage.  The  allantoic  stalk  is  shewn  at  al. 
Both  it  and  the  stalk  of  the  yolk-sac  are  enveloped  by  the 
amnion,  am.  The  chorion  with  its  vascular  processes  surrounds 
the  whole  embryo. 

It  may  be  noted  that  the  condition  of  the  chorion  at  this 
stage  is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  normal  diffused  type  of  pla- 
centa, described  in  the  sequel. 

While  the  above  changes  are  taking  place  in  the  embryonic 
membranes,  the  blastodermic  vesicle  greatly  increases  in  size,  and 
forms  a  considerable  projection  from  the  upper  wall  of  the 
uterus.  Three  regions  of  the  uterine  wall,  in  relation  to  the 

23—2 


356        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND   YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 

blastodermic  vesicle,  are  usually  distinguished;  and  since  the 
superficial  parts  of  all  of  these  are  thrown  off  with  the  after- birth, 
each  of  them  is  called  a  decidua.  They  are  represented  at  a 
somewhat  later  stage  in  Fig.  117.  There  is  (1)  the  part  of  the 
wall  reflected  over  the  blastodermic  vesicle,  called  the  decidua 
reflexa  (dr) ;  (2)  the  part  of  the  wall  forming  the  area  round 
which  the  reflexa  is  inserted,  called  the  decidua  serotina  (ds) ;  (3) 
the  general  wall  of  the  uterus,  not  related  to  the  embryo,  called 
the  decidua  vera  (du). 

The  decidua  reflexa  and  serotina  together  envelop  the  chorion 
(Fig.  114.  5),  the  processes  of  which  fit.  into  crypts  in  them. 
At  this  period  both  of  them  are  highly  and  nearly  uniformly 
vascular.  The  general  cavity  of  the  uterus  is  to  a  large  extent 
obliterated  by  the  ovum,  but  still  persists  as  a  space  filled  with 
mucus,  between  the  decidua  reflexa  and  the  decidua  vera. 

The  changes  which  ensue  from  this  period  onwards  are  fully 
known.  The  amnion  continues  to  dilate  (its  cavity  being  tensely 
filled  with  amniotic  fluid)  till  it  comes  very  close  to  the  chorion 
(Fig.  117,  am);  from  which,  however,  it  remains  separated  by  a 
layer  of  gelatinous  tissue.  The  villi  of  the  chorion  in  the  region 
covered  by  the  decidua  reflexa,  gradually  cease  to  be  vascular, 
and  partially  atrophy,  but  in  the  region  in  contact  with  the 
decidua  serotina  increase  and  become  more  vascular  and  more 
arborescent  (Fig.  117,  z).  The  former  region  becomes  known  as 
the  chorion  Iceve,  and  the  latter  as  the  chorion  frondosum.  The 
chorion  frondosum,  together  with  the  decidua  serotina,  gives  rise 
to  the  placenta. 

The  umbilical  vesicle  (Fig.  117,  rib\  although  it  becomes 
greatly  reduced  in  size  and  flattened,  persists  in  a  recognisable 
form  till  the  time  of  birth. 

The  decidua  reflexa,  by  the  disappearance  of  the  vessels  in  the 
chorion  Iseve,  becomes  non-vascular.  Its  tissue  and  that  of  the 
decidua  vera  undergo  changes  which  we  do  not  propose  to 
describe  here ;  it  ultimately  fuses  on  the  one  hand  with  the 
chorion,  and  on  the  other  with  the  decidua  vera.  The  mem- 
brane resulting  from  its  fusion  with  the  latter  structure  becomes 
thinner  and  thinner  as  pregnancy  advances,  and  is  reduced  to  a 
thin  layer  at  the  time  of  birth. 


XL] 


THE   CHORION. 

FIG.  117. 


du. 


DIAGRAMMATIC  SECTION  OF  PREGNANT   HUMAN  UTERUS  WITH 
CONTAINED  F<ETU8.     (From  Huxley  after  Longet.) 

<il.  allantoic  stalk ;  nb.  umbilical  vesicle ;  am.  amnion ;  ch.  cho- 
rion ;  <&.  decidua  serotina ;  du.  decidua  vera ;  dr.  decidua 
reflexa ;  I.  fallopian  tube  ;  c.  cervix  uteri ;  u.  uterus  ;  z.  foetal 
villi  of  true  placenta;  ^.  villi  of  non-placental  part  of 
chorion. 

The  placenta  has  a  somewhat  discoidal  form,  with  a  slightly 
convex  uterine  surface  and  a  concave  embryonic  surface.  At  its 
edge  it  is  continuous  both  with  the  decidua  reflexa  and  decidua 
vera.  Near  the  centre  of  the  embryonic  surface  is  implanted  the 
umbilical  cord.  As  has  already  been  mentioned,  the  placenta  is 
formed  of  the  decidua  serotina  and  the  foetal  villi  of  the  chorion 
frondosum.  The  fcetal  and  maternal  tissues  are  far  more  closely 
united  than  in  the  placenta  of  the  rabbit.  The  villi  of  the 
chorion,  which  were  originally  comparatively  simple,  become 
more  and  more  complicated,  and  assume  an  extremely  arborescent 
form.  At  birth  the  whole  placenta,  together  with  the  fused  de- 


358        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND    YOLK-SAC.      [CHAP. 

cidua  vera,  and  reflexa,  with  which  it  is  continuous,  is  shed ;  and 
the  blood-vessels  thus  ruptured  are  closed  by  the  contraction  of 
the  uterine  walls. 

The  metadiscoidal  placenta  of  Man  and  Apes  and  the  discoidal 
placenta  of  the  Eabbit  are  usually  classified  by  anatomists  as 
discoidal  placentae,  but  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  they  differ 
very  widely. 

In  the  Eabbit  there  is  a  dorsal  placenta,  which  is  co- extensive 
with  the  area  of  contact  between  the  allantois  and  the  subzonal 
membrane,  while  the  yolk-sac  adheres  to  a  large  part  of  the 
subzonal  membrane.  In  Apes  and  Man  the  allantois  spreads 
over  the  whole  inner  surface  of  the  subzonal  membrane  ;  the 
placenta  is  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  embryo,  and  occupies  only  a 
small  part  of  the  surface  of  the  allantois. 

Zonary  placenta.  Another  form  of  deciduate  pla- 
centa is  known  as  the  zonary.  This  form  of  placenta 
occupies  a  broad  zone  of  the  chorion,  leaving  the  two 
poles  free.  It  is  found  in  the  Carnivora,  Hyrax,  Elephas, 
and  Orycteropus. 

In  the  Dog,  which  may  be  taken  as  a  type,  there  is  a  large 
vascular  yolk-sac  formed  in  the  usual  way,  which  does  not  how- 
ever fuse  with  the  chorion.  It  has  at  first  an  oval  shape,  and 
persists  till  birth.  The  allantois  first  grows  out  on  the  dorsal 
side  of  the  embryo,  where  it  coalesces  with  the  subzonal  mem- 
brane, over  a  small  discoidal  area,  and  there  is  thus  formed  a 
rudimentary  discoidal  placenta  closely  resembling  that  of  the 
Rabbit. 

The  area  of  adhesion  between  the  outer  part  of  the  allantois 
and  subzonal  membrane  gradually  spreads  over  the  whole  inte- 
rior of  the  subzonal  membrane,  and  vascular  villi  are  formed  over 
the  whole  area  of  adhesion  except  at  the  two  extreme  poles  of  the 
ovum. 

With  the  full  growth  of  the  allantois  there  is  formed  a  broad 
placental  zone,  with  numerous  branched  villi  fitting  into  corre- 
sponding pita  which  are  not  true  glands  but  special  develop- 


XT.]  NON-DECIDUATE   PLACENTA.  359 

ments  of  the  uterine  surface.  The  maternal  and  foetal  structures 
become  closely  interlocked  and  highly  vascular ;  and  at  birth  a 
large  part  of  the  maternal  part  is  carried  away  with  the  placenta ; 
some  of  it  however  still  remains  attached  to  the  muscular  wall  of 
the  uterus.  The  zone  of  the  placenta  diminishes  greatly  in  pro- 
portion to  the  chorion  as  the  latter  elongates,  and  at  the  full 
time  the  breadth  of  the  zone  is  not  more  than  about  one-fifth  of 
the  whole  length  of  the  chorion. 

At  the  edge  of  the  placental  zone  there  is  a  very  small  portion 
of  the  uterine  mucous  membrane  reflected  over  the  non-placental 
part  of  the  chorion,  so  as  to  form  a  small  reflexa  analogous  with 
the  reflexa  in  Man. 

The  most  important  of  the  remaining  types  of  pla- 
centa are  the  diffuse  and  the  polycotyledonary,  and 
these  placente  are  for  the  most  part  non-deciduate.  In 
the  diffuse  placenta,  found  in  the  Horse,  Pig,  Le- 
murs, etc.,  the  allantois  completely  envelopes  the  em- 
bryo, and  villi  are  formed  on  all  parts  of  the  chorion, 
excepting  over  a  small  area  at  the  two  poles. 

In  the  polycotyledonary  placenta,  which  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  Ruminantia,  the  allantois  grows  round  the 
whole  inner  surface  of  the  subzonal  membrane ;  the 
placental  villi  are  however  not  uniformly  distributed, 
but  collected  into  patches  or  cotyledons,  which  form  as 
it  were  so  many  small  placentae.  The  foetal  villi  of 
these  patches  fit  into  corresponding  pits  in  thickened 
patches  of  the  wall  of  the  uterus. 

Comparative  histology  of  the  Placenta. 

It  does  not  fall  within  the  province  of  this  work  to 
treat  from  a  histological  standpoint  the  changes  which 
take  place  in  the  uterine  walls  during  pregnancy.  It 
will,  however,  be  convenient  to  place  before  the  reader 


360        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND   YOLK-SAC.     [CHAP. 

a  short  statement  of  the  relations  between  the  maternal 
and  foetal  tissues  in  the  different  varieties  of  placenta. 

The  simplest  known  condition  of  the  placenta  is 
that  found  in  the  pig  (Fig.  118  II.).  The  papilla-like 
foetal  villi  fit  into  the  maternal  crypts.  The  villi  (v)  are 
formed  of  a  connective  tissue  core  with  capillaries,  and 
are  covered  by  a  layer  of  very  flat  epithelium  (e)  de- 
rived from  the  subzonal  membrane.  The  maternal 
crypts  are  lined  by  the  uterine  epithelium  (e),  imme- 
diately below  which  is  a  capillary  plexus.  The  maternal 
and  fcetal  vessels  are  here  separated  by  a  double  epi- 
thelial layer.  The  same  general  arrangement  holds 
good  in  the  diffused  placentae  of  other  forms,  and  in  the 
polycotyledonary  placenta  of  the  Ruminantia,  but  the 
foetal  villi  in  the  latter  (III.)  acquire  an  arborescent  form. 
The  maternal  vessels  retain  the  form  of  capillaries. 

In  the  deciduate  placenta  a  much  more  compli- 
cated arrangement  is  usually  found.  In  the  typical 
zonary  placenta  of  the  fox  and  cat  (IV.  and  V.),  the 
maternal  tissue  is  broken  up  into  a  complete  trabecuiar 
meshwork,  and  in  the  interior  of  the  trabeculse  there 
run  dilated  maternal  capillaries  (d').  The  trabeculse 
are  covered  by  a  more  or  less  columnar  uterine  epi- 
thelium (e),  and  are  in  contact  on  every  side  with  foetal 
villi.  The  capillaries  of  the  foetal  villi  preserve  their 
normal  size,  and  the  villi  are  covered  by  a  flat  epithelial 
layer  (e). 

In  the  Sloth  (VI.)  which  has  a  discoidal  placenta  the 
maternal  capillaries  become  still  more  dilated,  and  the 
epithelium  covering  them  is  formed  of  very  flat  poly- 
gonal cells. 


XL] 


HISTOLOGY   OF   THE   PLACENTA. 


361 


FIG.  118. 


II. 


M 


III. 


IV. 


D 


362        EMBRYONIC   MEMBRANES   AND   YOLK-SAC.      [CHAP. 

VI. 


X.]  HISTOLOGY   OF   THE    PLACENTA.  363 

DIAGRAMMATIC  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  THE   MINUTE  STRUCTURE 
OF  THE  PLACENTA.     (From  Turner.) 

F.  the  foetal ;  M.  the  maternal  placenta ;  e.  epithelium  of  cho- 
rion ;  e'.  epithelium  of  maternal  placenta ;  d.  foetal  blood- 
vessels ;  d'.  maternal  blood-vessels ;  v.  villus. 

I.  Placenta  in  its  most  generalized  form.  II.  Structure  of 
placenta  of  a  Pig.  III.  Of  a  Cow.  IV.  Of  a  Fox.  V.  Of  a 
Cat. 

VI.  Structure  of  placenta  of  a  Sloth.     On  the  right  side  of 
the  figure  the  flat  maternal  epithelial  cells  are  shewn  in  situ. 
On  the  left  side  they  are  removed,  and  the  dilated  maternal  vessel 
with  its  blood-corpuscles  is  exposed. 

VII.  Structure  of  Human  placenta.     In  addition  to  the  let- 
ters already  referred  to,  ds,  ds.  represents  the  decidua  serotina  of 
the  placenta  ;  t,  t.  trabeculae  of  serotina  passing  to  the  foetal  villi ; 
ca.  curling  artery  ;  up.  utero-placental  vein  ;   x.  a  prolongation  of 
maternal  tissue  on  the  exterior  of  the  villus  outside  the  cellular 
layer  e',   which  may  represent  either  the  endothelium  of  the 
maternal  blood-vessel  or  delicate  connective  tissue  belonging  to 
the  serotina,   or  both.     The  layer  e'   represents  maternal  cells 
derived  from  the  serotina.     The  layer  of  foetal  epithelium  cannot 
be  seen  on  the  villi  of  the  fully-formed  human  placenta. 

In  the  human  placenta  (VII.),  as  in  that  of  Apes, 
the  greatest  modification  is  found.  Here  the  maternal 
vessels  have  completely  lost  their  capillary  form,  and 
have  become  expanded  into  large  freely  communicating 
sinuses  (df).  In  these  sinuses  the  foetal  villi  hang  for 
the  most  part  freely,  though  occasionally  attached  to 
their  walls  by  strands  of  tissue  (t).  In  the  late  stages 
of  fcetal  life  there  is  only  one  epithelial  layer  (e}  be- 
tween the  maternal  and  fcetal  vessels,  which  closely 
invests  the  fcetal  villi,  but  is  part  of  the  uterine  tissue. 
In  the  foetal  villi  the  vessels  retain  their  capillary  form. 


364<    EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES  AND  YOLK-SAC.    [CHAP.  XI. 

Evolution  of  the  placenta.  Excluding  the  mar- 
supials whose  placentation  is  not  really  known,  the 
arrangement  of  the  foetal  membranes  of  the  Rabbit  is 
the  most  primitive  observed.  In  this  type  the  allantois 
and  yolk-sac  both  function  in  obtaining  nutriment 
from  the  mother ;  and  the  former  occupies  only  a  small 
discoidal  area  of  the  subzonal  membrane.  In  all  higher 
types  the  allantois  gradually  spreads  out  over  the  whole 
inner  surface  of  the  subzonal  membrane  and  its  im- 
portance increases ;  while  that  of  the  yolk-sac  as  a  nu- 
tritive organ  decreases.  In  the  diffuse  type  of  placenta 
simple  villi  are  present  over  nearly  the  whole  surface  of 
the  chorion.  In  the  remaining  types  the  villi  become 
more  complicated  and  restricted  to  a  smaller  area 
(meta-discoidal,  zonary,  &c.)  of  the  chorion ;  though  in 
the  early  stages  they  are  more  scattered  and  simpler, 
in  some  cases  occupying  nearly  the  whole  surface  of  the 
chorion.  It  therefore  seems  probable  that  the  placenta 
of  Man  has  been  derived  not  directly  from  the  discoidal 
placenta  of  the  Rabbit,  but  from  the  diffuse  placenta 
such  as  is  seen  in  the  Lemurs,  etc.,  and  that  generally 
the  zonary,  cotyledonary,  &c.  types  of  placenta  have 
been  derived  from  the  diffuse  by  a  concentration  and 
increase  in  the  complexity  of  the  fcetal  villi. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   ORGANS   IN    MAMMALIA. 

IN  chap,  X.  we  have  described  the  early  stages  and 
general  development  of  the  mammalian  embryo.  In 
the  present  chapter  we  propose  to  examine  the  for- 
mation of  such  mammalian  organs  as  differ  in  their 
development  from  those  of  the  chick.  This  will  not  be 
a  work  of  any  considerable  extent,  as  in  all  essential 
points  the  development  of  the  organs  in  the  two  groups 
is  the  same.  They  will  be  classified  according  to  the 
germinal  layers  from  which  they  originate. 

THE   ORGANS   DERIVED   FROM   THE   EPIBLAST. 

Hairs  are  formed  in  solid  processes  of  the  deep 
(Malpighian)  layer  of  the  epidermis,  which  project  into 
the  subjacent  dermis.  The  hair  itself  arises  from  a 
cornification  of  the  cells  of  the  axis  of  one  of  the  above 
processes ;  and  is  invested  by  a  sheath  similarly  formed 
from  the  more  superficial  epidermic  cells.  A  small 
papilla  of  the  dermis  grows  into  the  inner  end  of  the 
epidermic  process  when  the  hair  is  first  formed.  The 


366      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

first  trace  of  the  hair  appears  close  to  this  papilla,  but 
soon  increases  in  length,  and  when  the  end  of  the  hair 
projects  from  the  surface,  the  original  solid  process  of 
the  epidermis  becomes  converted  into  an  open  pit,  the 
lumen  of  which  is  filled  by  the  root  of  the  hair. 

The  development  of  nails  has  been  already  described 
on  p.  283. 

Glands.  The  secretory  part  of  the  various  glandular 
structures  belonging  to  the  skin  is  invariably  formed 
from  the  epidermis.  In  Mammalia  it  appears  that 
these  glands  are  always  formed  as  solid  ingrowths  of  the 
Malpighian  layer.  The  ends  of  these  ingrowths  dilate 
to  form  the  true  glandular  part  of  the  organs,  while  the 
stalks  connecting  the  glandular  portions  with  the  sur- 
face form  the  ducts.  In  the  case  of  the  sweat-glands 
the  lumen  of  the  duct  becomes  first  established ;  its 
formation  is  inaugurated  by  the  appearance  of  the 
cuticle,  and  appears  first  at  the  inner  end  of  the  duct 
and  thence  extends  outwards.  In  the  sebaceous  glands 
the  first  secretion  is  formed  by  a  fatty  modification  of 
the  whole  of  the  central  cells  of  the  gland. 

The  muscular  layer  of  the  secreting  part  of  the 
sweat-glands  is  said  to  be  formed  from  a  modification  of 
the  deeper  layer  of  the  epidermic  cells. 

The  mammary  glands  arise  in  essentially  the  same 
manner  as  the  other  glands  of  the  skin.  The  glands  of 
each  side  are  formed  as  a  solid  bud  of  the  Malpighian 
layer  of  the  epidermis.  From  this  bud  processes  sprout 
out,  each  of  which  gives  rise  to  one  of  the  numerous 
glands  of  which  the  whole  organ  is  formed. 


XII.]  THE   HIND   BRAIN.  367 

The  central  nervous  system. 

The  development  of  the  spinal  cord  in  Mammals 
differs  in  no  important  respects  from  that  of  the  chick, 
and  we  have  nothing  to  add  to  the  account  we  have 
already  given  of  its  general  development  and  histoge- 
nesis  in  that  animal.  The  development  of  the  brain 
however  will  be  described  at  greater  length,  and  some 
additional  facts  relative  to  the  development  of  the 
Avian  brain  will  be  mentioned. 

The  first  differentiation  of  the  brain  takes  place  in 
Mammalia  before  the  closure  of  the  medullary  folds, 
and  results  as  in  the  chick  in  the  formation  of  the  three 
cerebral  vesicles,  the  fore-,  mid-  and  hind-brain  (Fig. 
106,  B).  A  cranial  flexure  precisely  resembling  that  of 
the  chick  soon  makes  its  appearance. 

The  hind  brain  early  becomes  divided  into  two 
regions,  the  rudimentary  medulla  oblongata  and  cere- 
bellum. 

The  posterior  section,  the  medulla,  undergoes  changes 
of  a  somewhat  complicated  character.  In  the  first  place 
its  roof  becomes  very  much  extended  and  thinned 
out.  At  the  raphe,  where  the  two  lateral  halves 
of  the  brain  originally  united,  a  separation,  as  it  were, 
takes  place,  and  the  two  sides  of  the  brain  become 
pushed  apart,  remaining  united  by  only  a  very  thin 
layer  of  nervous  matter,  consisting  of  a  single  row  of 
flattened  cells  (Fig.  40).  As  a  result  of  this  peculiar 
growth  in  the  brain,  the  roots  of  the  nerves  of  the  two 
sides,  which  were  originally  in  contact  at  the  dorsal 
summit  of  the  brain,  become  carried  away  from  one 
another,  and  appear  to  rise  at  the  sides  of  the  brain. 


368      DEVELOPMENT   OF   OEGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP, 

The  thin  roof  of  the  fourth  ventricle  thus  formed 
is  somewhat  rhomboidal  in  shape. 

At  a  later  period  the  blood-vessels  of  the  pia 
mater  form  a  rich  plexus  over  the  anterior  part  of 
this  thin  roof  which  becomes  at  the  same  time  some- 
what folded.  The  whole  structure  is  known  as  the 
tela  vasculosa  or  choroid  plexus  of  the  fourth  ventricle 
(Fig.  119,  chd  4).  The  floor  of  the  whole  hind -brain 
becomes  thickened,  and  there  very  soon  appears  on  its 
outer  surface  a  layer  of  longitudinal  non-medullated 
nerve-fibres,  similar  to  those  which  first  appear  on  the 
spinal  cord  (p.  252).  They  are  continuous  with  a  similar 
layer  of  fibres  on  the  floor  of  the  mid-brain,  where 
they  constitute  the  crura  cerebri.  On  the  ventral  floor 
of  the  fourth  ventricle  is  a  shallow  continuation  of  the 
anterior  fissure  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Subsequently  to  the  longitudinal  fibres  already  spoken  of, 
there  develope  first  the  olivary  bodies  of  the  ventral  side  of  the 
medulla,  and  at  a  still  later  period  the  pyramids.  The  fasciculi 
teretes  in  the  cavity  of  the  fourth  ventricle  are  developed  shortly 
before  the  pyramids. 

When  the  hind-brain  becomes  divided  into  two 
regions  the  roof  of  the  anterior  part  does  not  become 
thinned  out  like  that  of  the  posterior,  but  on  the  con- 
trary, becomes  somewhat  thickened  and  forms  a  band- 
like  structure  roofing  over  the  anterior  part  of  thck 
fourth  ventricle  (Fig.  39  c6). 

This  is  a  rudiment  of  the  cerebellum,  and  in  all 
Craniate  Vertebrates  it  at  first  presents  this  simple 
structure  and  insignificant  size. 

In  Birds  the  cerebellum  attains  a  very  considerable 
development  (Fig.  119  cbl),  consisting  of  a  folded  central 


XII.]  THE  HIND-BKAIN.  369 

lobe  with  an  arbor  vitse,  into  which  the  fourth  ventricle 
is  prolonged.  There  are  two  small  lateral  lobes,  ap- 
parently equivalent  to  the  flocculi. 

In  Mammalia  the  cerebellum  attains  a  still  greater 
development.     The  median  lobe  or  vermiform  process 

FIG.  119. 


LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  BRAIN  OF  A  CHICK  OF 
TEN  DAYS.     (After  Mihalkovics.) 

hms.  cerebral  hemispheres  ;  alf.  olfactory  lobe ;  alf^  olfactory 
nerve ;  ggt.  corpus  striatum  ;  oma.  anterior  commissure  ; 
did  3.  choroid  plexus  of  the  third  ventricle ;  pin.  pineal 
gland ;  cmp.  posterior  commissure  ;  trm.  lamina  terminalis ; 
chm.  optic  chiasma  ;  inf.  infundibulum  ;  hph.  pituitary  body  ; 
bgm.  commissure  of  Sylvius  (roof  of  iter  a  tertio  ad  quartum 
ventriculum)  ;  vma.  velum  medullse  anterius  (valve  of  Vieus- 
sens) ;  cbl.  cerebellum  ;  chd  4.  choroid  plexus  of  the  fourth 
ventricle ;  obt  4.  roof  of  fourth  ventricle  ;  obi.  medulla  oblon- 
gata  ;  pns.  commissural  part  of  medulla ;  inv.  sheath  of 
brain  ;  bis.  basilar  artery  ;  crts.  internal  carotid. 

F.  &  B.  24 


370      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

is  first  developed.  In  the  higher  Mammalia  the  lateral 
parts  constituting  the  hemispheres  of  the  cerebellum 
become  formed  as  swellings  at  the  sides  at  a  consider- 
ably later  period;  these  are  hardly  developed  in  the 
Monotremata  and  Marsupialia. 

The  cerebellum  is  connected  with  the  roof  of  the  mid-brain  in 
front  and  with  the  choroid  plexus  of  the  fourth  ventricle  behind 
by  delicate  membranous  structures,  known  as  the  velum  me- 
dullse  anterius  (valve  of  Yieussens)  (Fig.  119  vma)  and  the  velum 
medullse  posterius. 

The  pons  Varolii  is  formed  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  floor  of 
the  cerebellar  region  as  a  bundle  of  transverse  fibres  at  about  the 
same  time  as  the  olivary  bodies.  It  is  represented  in  Birds  by 
a  small  number  of  transverse  fibres  on  the  floor  of  the  hind-brain 
immediately  below  the  cerebellum. 

The  mid-brain.  The  changes  undergone  by  the 
mid-brain  are  simpler  than  those  of  any  other  part  of 
the  brain.  It  forms,  on  the  appearance  of  the  cranial 
flexure,  an  unpaired  vesicle  with  a  vaulted  roof  and^ 
curved  floor,  at  the  front  end  of  the  long  axis  of  the 
body  (Fig.  67,  MB).  It  is  at  this  period  in  Mammalia 
as  well  as  in  Aves  relatively  much  larger  than  in  the 
adult:  its  cavity  is  known  as  the  iter  a  tertio  ad 
quartum  ventriculum  or  aqueductus  Sylvii. 

The  roof  of  the  mid-brain  is  sharply  constricted 
off  from  the  divisions  of  the  brain  in  front  of  and 
behind  it,  but  these  constrictions  do  not  extend  to  the 
floor. 

In  Mammalia  the  roof  and  sides  give  rise  to  two 
pairs  of  prominences,  the  corpora  quadrigemina. 

These  prominences,  which  are  simply  thickenings 
not  containing'  any  prolongations  of  the  iter,  become 


XII.]  THE   FOKE-BKAIN.  371 

first  visible  on  the  appearance  of  an  oblique  transverse 
furrow,  by  which  the  whole  mid-brain  is  divided  into  an 
anterior  and  posterior  portion.  The  anterior  portion  is 
further  divided  by  a  longitudinal  furrow  into  the  two 
anterior  tubercles  (nates) ;  but  it  is  not  until  later  on 
that  the  posterior  portion  is  similarly  divided  longitu- 
dinally into  the  two  posterior  tubercles  (testes). 

The  floor  of  the  mid -brain,  bounded  posteriorly  by 
the  pons  Varolii,  becomes  developed  and  thickened  into 
the  crura  cerebri.  The  corpora  geniculata  interna  also 
belong  to  this  division  of  the  brain. 

Fore-brain.  The  early  development  of  the  fore- 
brain  in  Mammals  is  the  same  as  in  the  chick.  It  forms 
at  first  a  single  vesicle  without  a  trace  of  separate 
divisions,  but  very  early  buds  off  the  optic  vesicles, 
whose  history  is  described  with  that  of  the  eye.  The 
anterior  part  becomes  prolonged  and  at  the  same  time 
somewhat  dilated.  At  first  there  is  no  sharp  boundary 
between  the  primitive  fore-brain  and  its  anterior 
prolongation,  but  there  shortly  appears  a  constriction 
which  passes  from  above  obliquely  forwards  and  down- 
wards. 

Of  these  two  divisions  the  posterior  becomes  the 
thalamencephalon,  while  the  anterior  and  larger  division 
forms  the  rudiment  of  the  cerebral  hemispheres  (Fig. 
39  cer)  and  olfactory  lobes.  For  a  considerable  period 
this  rudiment  remains  perfectly  simple,  and  exhibits  no 
signs,  either  externally  or  internally,  of  a  longitudinal 
constriction  dividing  it  into  two  lobes. 

The  thalamencephalon  forms  at  first  a  simple 
vesicle,  the  walls  of  which  are  of  a  nearly  uniform  thick- 
ness and  formed  of  the  usual  spindle-shaped  cells. 

24—2 


372      DEVELOPMENT   OF   OEGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  cavity  it  contains  is  known  as  the  third  ventricle. 
Anteriorly  it  opens  widely  into  the  cerebral  rudiment, 
and  posteriorly  into  the  ventricle  of  the  mid-brain. 
The*  opening  into  the  cerebral  rudiment  becomes  the 
foramen  of  Monro. 

For  convenience  of  description  we  may  divide  the 
thalamencephalon  into  three  regions,  viz.  (1)  the  floor, 
(2)  the  sides,  and  (3)  the  roof. 

The  floor  becomes  divided  into  two  parts:  an  an- 
terior part,  giving  origin  to  the  optic  nerves,  in  which  is 
formed  the  optic  chiasma ;  and  a  posterior  part,  which 
becomes  produced  into  a  prominence  at  first  incon- 
spicuous— the  rudiment  of  the  infundibulum  (Fig.  39  In). 
This  cornes  in  contact  with  the  involution  from  the 
mouth  which  gives  rise  to  the  pituitary  body  (Fig. 
39  pt). 

In  Birds,  although  there  is  a  close  connection  be- 
tween the  pituitary  body  and  the  infundibulum,  there 
is  no  actual  fusion  of  the  two.  In  Mammalia  the  case 
is  different.  The  part  of  the  infundibulum  which  lies 
at  the  hinder  end  of  the  pituitary  body  is  at  first  a 
simple  finger-like  process  of  the  brain  (Fig.  120  inf)\ 
but  its  end  becomes  swollen,  and  the  lumen  in  this 
part  becomes  obliterated.  Its  cells,  originally  similar  to 
those  of  the  other  parts  of  the  nervous  system,  and  even 
containing  differentiated  nerve-fibres,  partly  atrophy 
and  partly  assume  an  indifferent  form,  while  at  the 
same  time  there  grow  in  amongst  them  numerous 
vascular  and  connective-tissue  elements.  The  process 
of  the  infundibulum  thus  metamorphosed  becomes  in- 
separably connected  with  the  true  pituitary  body,  of 
which  it  is  usually  described  as  the  posterior  lobe. 


XII.]  THE   THALAMENCEPHALON.  373 

In  the  later  stages  of  development  the  unchanged 
portion  of  the  infundibulum  becomes  gradually  pro- 
longed and  forms  an  elongated  diverticulum  of  the 
third  ventricle,  the  apex  of  which  is  in  contact  with 
the  pituitary  body  (Fig.  120  hph). 

The  posterior  part  of  the  primitive  infundibulum  becomes  the 
corpus  albicans,  which  is  double  in  Man  and  the  higher  Apes  ; 
the  ventral  part  of  the  posterior  wall  forms  the  tuber  cinereum. 
Laterally,  at  the  junction  of  the  optic  thalami  and  infundibulum, 
there  are  continued  some  of  the  fibres  of  the  crura  cerebri,  which 
arc  probably  derived  from  the  walls  of  the  infundibulum. 

The  sides  of  the  thalamencephalon  become  very 
early  thickened  to  form  the  optic  thalami,  which  con- 
stitute the  most  important  section  of  the  thalamen- 
cephalon. These  are  separated  on  their  inner  aspect 
from  the  infundibular  region  by  a  somewhat  S-shaped 
groove,  known  as  the  sulcus  of  Monro,  which  ends  in 
the  foramen  of  Monro.  They  also  become  secondarily 
united  by  a  transverse  commissure,  the  grey  or  middle 
commissure,  which  passes  across  the  cavity  of  the  third 
ventricle. 

The  roof  undergoes  more  complicated  changes.  It 
becomes  divided,  on  the  appearance  of  the  pineal  gland 
as  a  sm^all  papilliform  outgrowth  (the  development  of 
which  is  dealt  with  below),  into  two  regions — a  longer 
anterior  in  front  of  the  pineal  gland,  and  a  shorter  pos- 
terior. The  anterior  region  becomes  at  an  early  period 
excessively  thin,  and  at  a  later  period,  when  the  roof  of 
the  thalamencephalon  is  shortened  by  the  approach  of 
the  cerebral  hemispheres  to  the  mid-brain,  it  becomes 
(vide  Fig.  120  did  3)  considerably  folded,  while  at  the 
same  time  a  vascular  plexus  is  formed  in  the  pia  mater 


374      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP, 
FIG.  120. 


LONGITUDINAL  VERTICAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  ANTERIOR 
PART  OP  THE  BRAIN  OF  AN  EMBRYO  RABBIT  OF  FOUR 
CENTIMETRES.  (After  Mihalkovics.) 

The  section  passes  through  the  median  line  so  that  the  cere- 
bral hemispheres  are  not  cut ;  their  position  is  however  indicated 
in  outline. 

spt.  septum  lucidum  formed  by  the  coalescence  of  the  inner  walls 
of  part  of  the  cerebral  hemispheres ;  cma.  anterior  com- 
missure ;  frx.  vertical  pillars  of  the  fornix ;  cat.  genu  of 
corpus  callosum ;  trm.  lamina  terminalis  ;  hms.  cerebral 
hemispheres ;  olf.  olfactory  lobes ;  ad.  artery  of  corpus 
callosum  ;  fmr.  position  of  foramen  of  Monro  ;  chd  3.  choroid 
plexus  of  third  ventricle  ;  pin.  pineal  gland  ;  cmp.  posterior 
commissure ;  bgm.  lamina  uniting  the  lobes  of  the  mid- 
brain  ;  chm.  optic  chiasma  ;  hph.  pituitary  body  ;  inf.  infun- 
dibulum  ;  pns.  pons  Varolii ;  pde.  cerebral  peduncles ;  agd. 
iter  a  tertio  ad  quartum  ventriculum. 


XII.]  THE   PINEAL   GLAND.  375 

above  it.  On  the  accomplishment  of  these  changes  it 
is  known  as  the  tela  choroidea  of  the  third  ventricle. 

In  the  roof  of  the  third  ventricle  behind  the  pineal 
gland  there  appear  transverse  commissural  fibres,  form- 
ing a  structure  known  as  the  posterior  commissure, 
which  connects  together  the  two  optic  thalarni. 

The  most  remarkable  organ  in  the  roof  of  the  thala- 
mencephalon  is  the  pineal  gland,  which  is  developed  as 
a  hollow  papilliform  outgrowth  of  the  roof,  and  is  at 
first  composed  of  cells  similar  to  those  of  the  other 
parts  of  the  central  nervous  system  (Fig.  120  pin).  It 
is  directed  backwards  over  the  hinder  portion  of  the 
roof  of  the  thalamencephalon. 

In  Birds  (p.  116)  the  primitive  outgrowth  to  form 
the  pineal  gland  becomes  deeply  indented  by  vascular 
connective-tissue  ingrowths,  so  that  it  assumes  a  den- 
dritic structure  (Fig.  119  pin).  The  proximal  extremity 
attached  to  the  roof  of  the  thalamencephalon  soon 
becomes  solid  and  forms  a  special  section,  known  as 
the  infra-pineal  process.  The  central  lumen  of  the 
free  part  of  the  gland  finally  atrophies,  but  the  branches 
still  remain  hollow.  The  infra-pineal  process  becomes 
reduced  to  a  narrow  stalk,  connecting  the  branched 
portion  of  the  body  with  the  brain. 

In  Mammalia  the  development  of  the  pineal  gland 
is  generally  similar  to  that  of  Birds.  The  original  out- 
growth becomes  branched,  but  the  follicles  or  lobes  to 
which  the  branching  gives  rise  eventually  become  solid 
(Fig.  120  pin).  An  infra-pineal  process  is  developed 
comparatively  late,  and  is  not  sharply  separated  from 
the  roof  of  the  brain. 

No  satisfactory  suggestions  have  yet  been  offered  as 


376      DEVELOPMENT    OF   OKGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

to  the  nature  of  the  pineal  gland.  It  appears  to  possess 
in  all  forms  an  epithelial  structure,  but,  except  at  the 
base  of  the  stalk  (infra-pineal  process)  in  Mammalia,  in 
the  wall  of  which  there  are  nerve-fibres,  no  nervous 
structures  are  present  in  it  in  the  adult  state. 

The  cerebral  hemispheres.  It  will  be  convenient 
to  treat  separately  the  development  of  the  cerebral 
hemispheres  proper,  and  that  of  the  olfactory  lobes. 

In  the  cerebral  rudiment  two  parts  may  be  dis- 
tinguished, viz.  the  floor  and  the  roof.  The  former  gives 
rise  to  the  ganglia  at  the  base  of  the  hemispheres,  the 
corpora  striata,  the  latter  to  the  hemispheres  proper. 

The  first  change  which  takes  place  consists  in  the 
roof  growing  out  into  two  lobes,  between  which  a  shallow 
median  constriction  makes  "its  appearance  (Fig.  121). 


ce 


DIAGRAMMATIC  LONGITUDINAL  HORIZONTAL  SECTION    THROUGH 
THE  FORE-BRAIN. 

3.v.  third  ventricle  ;    Iv.  lateral  ventricle  ;  It.  lamina  terminalis  ; 
ce.  cerebral  hemisphere  ;  op.  th.  optic  thalamus. 


XII.]  THE   CEREBRAL   HEMISPHERES.  377 

The  two  lobes  thus  formed  are  the  rudiments  of  the 
two  hemispheres.  The  cavity  of  each  of  them  opens 
by  a  widish  aperture  into  a  cavity  at  the  base  of  the 
cerebral  rudiment,  which  again  opens  directly  into  the 
cavity  of  the  third  ventricle  (3  v).  The  Y-shaped  aper- 
ture thus  formed,  which  leads  from  the  cerebral  hemi- 
spheres into  the  third  ventricle,  is  the  foramen  of 
Monro.  The  cavity  (Iv)  in  each  of  the  rudimentary 
hemispheres  is  a  lateral  ventricle.  The  part  of  the 
cerebrum  which  lies  between  the  two  hemispheres,  and 
passes  forwards  from  the  roof  of  the  third  ventricle 
round  the  end  of  the  brain  to  the  optic  chiasma  below, 
is  the  rudiment  of  the  lamina  terminalis  (Figs.  121  It 
and  123  trm).  Up  to  this  point  the  development  of 
the  cerebrum  is  similar  in  all  Vertebrata,  and  in  some 
forms  it  practically  does  not  proceed  much  further. 

The  cerebral  hemispheres  undergo  in  Mammalia  the 
most  complicated  development.  The  primitive  un- 
paired cerebral  rudiment  becomes,  as  in  lower  Ver- 
tebrates, bilobed,  and  at  the  same  time  divided  by  the 
ingrowth  of  a  septum  of  connective  tissue  into  two 
distinct  hemispheres  (Figs.  125  and  124  /  and  122  i). 
From  this  septum  is  formed  the  falx  cerebri  and  other 
parts. 

The  hemispheres  contain  at  first  very  large  cavities, 
communicating  by  a  wide  foramen  of  Monro  with  the 
third  ventricle  (Fig.  124).  They  grow  rapidly  in  size, 
and  extend,  especially  backwards,  and  gradually  cover 
the  thalamencephalon  and  the  mid-brain  (Fig.  122  i,f). 
The  foramen  of  Monro  becomes  very  much  narrowed 
and  reduced  to  a  mere  slit. 

The  walls  are  at  first  nearly  uniformly  thick,   but 


378      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 


FIG.  122. 
/•  2. 


BRAIN  OF  A  THREE  MONTHS'  HUMAN  EMBRYO  :  NATURAL  SIZE. 
(From  Kolliker.) 

1.  From  above  with  the  dorsal  part  of  hemispheres  and  mid- 
brain  removed  ;  2.  From  below.  /.  anterior  part  of  cut  wall 
of  the  hemisphere  ;  /'.  cornu  ammonis  ;  tho.  optic  thalamus  ; 
cst.  corpus  striatum ;  to.  optic  tract ;  cm.  corpora  mammil- 
laria  ;  p.  pons  Yarolii. 

the  floor  becomes  thickened  on  each  side,  and  gives  rise 
to  the  corpus  striatum  (Figs.  124  and  125  st}.  The 
corpus  striatum  projects  upwards  into  each  lateral  ven- 
tricle, and  gives  to  this  a  somewhat  semilunar  form,  the 
two  horns  of  which  constitute  the  permanent  anterior 
and  descending  cornua  of  the  lateral  ventricles  (Fig.  126 
st). 

With  the  further  growth  of  the  hemisphere  the  cor- 
pus striatum  loses  its  primitive  relations  to  the  de- 
scending cornu.  The  reduction  in  size  of  the  foramen 
of  Monro  above  mentioned  is,  to  a  large  extent,  caused 
by  the  growth  of  the  corpora  striata. 

The  corpora  striata  are  united  at  their  posterior 
border  with  the  optic  thalami.  In  the  later  stages  of 
development  the  area  of  contact  between  these  two 
pairs  of  ganglia  increases  to  a  large  extent  (Fig.  125), 


XII.] 


THE   CORPORA   STRIATA, 


371) 


and  the  boundary  between  them  becomes  somewhat 
obscure,  so  that  the  sharp  distinction  which  exists 
in  the  embryo  between  the  thalamencephalon  and 
cerebral  hemispheres  becomes  lost. 


TRANSVERSE  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  BRAIN   OF   A   RABBIT 
FIVE  CENTIMETRES.     (After  Mihalkovics.) 


OF 


The  section  passes  through  nearly  the  posterior  border  of  the 
septum  lucidum,  immediately  in  front  of  the  foramen  of  Monro. 

hms.  cerebral  hemispheres  ;  cal.  corpus  callosum  ;  amm.  cornu 
ammonis  (hippocampus  major)  ;  cms.  superior  commissure 
of  the  cornua  ammonis  ;  spt.  septum  lucidum  ;/r#2.  anterior 
pillars  of  the  fornix  ;  cma.  anterior  commissure  ;  trm.  lamina 
terminalis  ;  sir.  corpus  striatum  ;  Itf.  nucleus  lenticularis 
of  corpus  striatum  ;  vtr  1.  lateral  ventricle  ;  vtr  3.  third 
ventricle  ;  ipl.  slit  between  cerebral  hemispheres. 


380      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  outer  wall  of  the  hemispheres  gradually  thick- 
ens, while  the  inner  wall  becomes  thinner.  In  the 
latter,  two  curved  folds,  projecting  towards  the  interior 
of  the  lateral  ventricle,  become  formed.  These  folds 
extend  from  the  foramen  of  Monro  along  nearly  the 
whole  of  what  afterwards  becomes  the  descending  cornu 
of  the  lateral  ventricle.  The  upper  fold  becomes  the 
hippocampus  major  (cornu  ammonis)  (Figs.  123  amm, 
124  and  125  h,  and  126  am). 

The  wall  of  the  lower  fold  becomes  very  thin,  and  a 
vascular  plexus,  derived  from  the  connective-tissue 
septum  between  the  hemispheres,  and  similar  to  that  of 
the  roof  of  the  third  ventricle,  is  formed  outside  it.  It 
constitutes  a  fold  projecting  into  the  cavity  of  the 
lateral  ventricle,  and  together  with  the  vascular  con- 
nective tissue  in  it  gives  rise  to  the  choroid  plexus  of 
the  lateral  ventricle  (Figs.  124  and  125  pi). 

It  is  clear  from  the  above  description  that  a  marginal 
fissure  leading  into  the  cavity  of  the  lateral  ventricle 
does  not  exist  in  the  sense  often  implied  in  works  on 
human  anatomy,  since  the  epithelium  covering  the 
choroid  plexus,  and  forming  the  true  wall  of  the  brain, 
is  a  continuous  membrane.  The  epithelium  of  the 
choroid  plexus  of  the  lateral  ventricle  is  quite  inde- 
pendent of  that  of  the  choroid  plexus  of  the  third 
ventricle,  though  at  the  foramen  of  Monro  the  roof  of 
the  third  ventricle  is  of  course  continuous  with  the 
inner  wall  of  the  lateral  ventricle  (Fig.  124  s).  The 
vascular  elements  of  the  two  plexuses  form  however  a 
continuous  structure. 

The  most  characteristic  parts  of  the  Mammalian 
cerebrum  are  the  commissures  connecting  the  two 


XII.] 


THE   CEREBRAL   COMMISSURES. 


381 


hemispheres.  These  commissures  are  (1)  the  anterior 
commissure,  (2)  the  fornix,  and  (3)  the  corpus  callosum, 
the  two  latter  being  peculiar  to  Mammalia. 


TRANSVERSE    SECTION    THROUGH  THE   BRAIN    OP    A    SHEEP'S 
EMBRYO  OF  27  CM.  IN  LENGTH.     (From  Kolliker.) 

The  section  passes  through   the  level  of   the  foramen    of 
Monro. 

st.  corpus  striatum ;  m.  foramen  of  Monro ;  t.  third  ventricle  ; 
pi.  choroid  plexus  of  lateral  ventricle  ;  /.  falx  cerebri ;  th. 
anterior  part  of  optic  thalamus  ;  ch.  optic  chiasma  ;  o.  optic 
nerve  ;  c.  fibres  of  the  cerebral  peduncles ;  h.  cornu  am- 
monis ;  p.  pharynx ;  sa.  pre- sphenoid  bone  ;  a.  orbi to- 
sphenoid  bone  ;  s.  points  to  part  of  the  roof  of  the  brain  at 
the  junction  between  the  roof  of  the  third  ventricle  and 
the  lamina  terminalis  ;  I.  lateral  ventricle. 


382      DEVELOPMENT   OF   OEGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

By  the  fusion  of  the  inner  walls  of  the  hemispheres 
in  front  of  the  lamina  terminalis  a  solid  septum  is 
formed,  continuous  behind  with  the  lamina  terminalis, 


TRANSVERSE    SECTION    THROUGH  THE    BRAIN    OF   A    SHEEP'S 
EMBRYO  OF  2*7  CM.  IN  LENGTH.     (From  KOlliker.) 

The  section  is  taken  a  short  distance  behind  the  section 
represented  in  Fig.  124,  and  passes  through  the  posterior  part  of 
the  hemispheres  and  the  third  ventricle. 

st.  corpus  striatum  ;    ih.  optic  thalamus  ;   to.  optic  tract ;  t. 

ventricle ;  d.  roof  of  third  ventricle ;  c.  fibres  of  cerebr 
peduncles  ;  c.  divergence  of  these  fibres  into  the  walls  of  1 
hemispheres ;  e.  lateral  ventricle  with  choroid  plexus  pi ; 
h.  cornu  ammonis  ;  /.  primitive  falx ;  am.  alisphenoid ; 
orbito-sphenoid  ;  sa.  presphenoid  ;  p.  pharynx ;  mk.  Meckel's 
cartilage. 


XII.]  THE   CORPUS  CALLOSUM.  383 

and  below  with  the  corpora  striata  (Figs.  120  and  123  spt). 
It  is  by  a  series  of  differentiations  within  this  septum, 
the  greater  part  of  which  gives  rise  to  the  septum  luci- 
dum,  that  the  above  commissures  originate.  In  Man 
there  is  a  closed  cavity  left  in  the  septum  known  as  the 
fifth  ventricle,  which  has  however  no  communication 
with  the  true  ventricles  of  the  brain. 

In  this  septum  there  become  first  formed,  below  and 
behind,  the  transverse  fibres  of  the  anterior  commissure 
(Fig.  120  and  Fig.  123  cma),  while  above  and  behind 
these  the  vertical  fibres  of  the  fornix  are  developed 
(Fig.  120  and  Fig.  123  frx  2).  The  vertical  fibres  meet 
above  the  foramen  of  Monro,  and  thence  diverge  back- 
wards, as  the  posterior  pillars,  to  lose  themselves  in  the 
cornu  ammonis  (Fig.  123  amm).  Ventrally  they  are 
continued,  as  the  descending  or  anterior  pillars  of  the 
fornix,  into  the  corpus  albicans,  and  thence  into  the 
optic  thalami1. 

The  corpus  callosum  is  not  formed  till  after  the 
anterior  commissure  and  fornix.  It  arises  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  septum  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  lateral 
walls  of  the  hemispheres  (Figs.  120  and  123  cal\  and 
at  first  only  its  curved  anterior  portion — the  genu  01 
rostrum — is  developed.  This  portion  is  alone  found 
in  Monotremes  and  Marsupials.  The  posterior  portion, 
which  is  present  in  all  the  Monodelphia,  is  gradually 
formed  as  the  hemispheres  are  prolonged  further  back- 
wards. 

1  Recent  observations  tend  to  show  that  the  anterior  pillars  of  the 
fornix  end  in  the  corpus  albicans ;  and  that  the  fibres  running  from 
the  latter  into  the  optic  thalami  are  independent  of  the  anterior 
pillars. 


384      DEVELOPMENT   OF   OKGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

Primitively  the  Mammalian  cerebrum,  like  that  of 
the  lower  Vertebrata,  is  quite  smooth.  In  some  of  the 
Mammalia,  Monotremata,  Insectivora,  etc.,  this  condition 
is  retained  nearly  throughout  life,  while  in  the  majority  of 
Mammalia  a  more  or  less  complicated  system  of  fissures 


LATERAL  VIEW  OF  THE  BRAIN  OF  A  CALF   EMBRYO   OF  5  CM. 
(After  Mihalkovics.) 

The  outer  wall  of  the  hemisphere  is  removed,  so  as  to  give  a 
view  of  the  interior  of  the  left  lateral  ventricle. 

hs.  cut  wall  of  hemisphere ;  st.  corpus  striatum  ;  am.  hippo- 
campus major  (cornu  ammonis)  ;  d.  choroid  plexus  of  lateral 
ventricle ;  fm.  foramen  of  Monro  ;  op.  optic  tract ;  in.  in- 
fundibulum  ;  mb.  mid-brain  ;  cb.  cerebellum  ;  IV.  V.  roof  of 
fourth  ventricle ;  ps.  pons  Varolii,  close  to  which  is  the  fifth 
nerve  with  Gasserian  ganglion. 

is  developed  on  the  surface.  The  most  important,  and 
first  formed,  of  these  is  the  Sylvian  fissure.  It  arises  at 
the  time  when  the  hemispheres,  owing  to  their  growth 
in  front  of  and  behind  the  corpora  striata  have  assumed 
somewhat  the  form  of  a  bean.  At  the  root  of  the 
hemispheres — the  hilus  of  the  bean — there  is  formed  a 


XII.]  HISTOGENESIS.  385 

shallow  depression  which  constitutes  the  first  trace  of 
the  Sylvian  fissure.  The  part  of  the  brain  lying  in  this 
fissure  is  known  as  the  island  of  Reil. 

The  fissures  of  the  cerebrum  may  be  divided  into  two  classes ; 
(1)  the  primitive,  (2)  the  secondary  fissures.  The  primitive  fissures 
are  the  first  to  appear  ;  they  owe  their  origin  to  a  folding  of  the 
entire  wall  of  the  cerebral  vesicles.  Many  of  them  are  transient 
structures  and  early  disappear.  The  most  important  of  those 
which  persist  are  the  hippocainpal,  the  parieto-occipital,  the 
calcarine  (in  Man  and  Apes)  sulci  and  the  Sylvian  fissures. 
The  secondary  fissures  appear  later,  and  are  due  to  folds  which 
implicate  the  cortex  of  the  hemispheres  only. 

The  olfactory  lobes.  The  olfactory  lobes,  or  rhinen- 
cephala,  are  secondary  outgrowths  of  the  cerebral  hemi- 
spheres, and  contain  prolongations  of  the  lateral  ven- 
tricles, which  may  however  be  closed  in  the  adult  state ; 
they  arise  at  a  fairly  early  stage  of  development  from 
the  under  and  anterior  part  of  the  hemispheres  (Fig. 
127). 

Histogenetic  changes.  The  walls  of  the  brain  are 
at  first  very  thin  and,  like  those  of  the  spinal  cord,  are 
formed  of  a  number  of  ranges  of  spindle-shaped  cells. 
In  the  floor  of  the  hind-  and  mid-brain  a  superficial 
layer  of  delicate  nerve-fibres  is  formed  at  an  early 
period.  This  layer  appears  at  first  on  the  floor  and 
sides  of  the  hind-brain,  and  almost  immediately  after- 
wards on  the  floor  and  the  sides  of  the  mid-brain. 
The  cells  internal  to  the  nerve-fibres  become  differen- 
tiated into  an  innermost  epithelial  layer  lining  the 
cavities  of  the  ventricles,  and  an  outer  layer  of  grey 
matter. 

The  similarity  of  the  primitive    arrangement  and 
F.  &  B.  25 


386      DEVELOPMENT    OF   ORGANS   IN    MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 


SECTION  THROUGH  THE  BRAIN  AND  OLFACTORY  ORGAN  OF   AN 
EMBRYO  OF  SCYLLIUM. 

ch.  cerebral  hemispheres ;  ol.v.  olfactory  vesicle ;  off.  olfactory 
pit ;  Sch.  Schneiderian  folds  ;  1.  olfactory  nerve  (the  reference 
line  has  been  accidentally  carried  through  the  nerve  so  as  to 
appear  to  indicate  the  brain) ;  pn.  anterior  prolongation  of 
pineal  gland. 

histological  characters  of  the  parts  of  the  brain  behind 
the  cerebral  hemispheres  to  those  of  the  spinal  cord  is 
very  conclusively  shewn  by  the  examination  of  any  good 
series  of  sections.  In  both  brain  and  spinal  cord  the 
white  matter  forms  a  cap  on  the  ventral  and  lateral 
parts  some  considerable  time  before  it  extends  to  the 
dorsal  surface.  In  the  medulla  oblongata  the  white 
matter  does  not  eventually  extend  to  the  roof  owing  to 
the  peculiar  degeneration  which  that  part  undergoes. 

In  the  case  of  the  fore-brain  the  walls  of  the  hemi- 
spheres become  first  divided  (Kolliker)  into  a  superficial 
thinner  layer  of  rounded  elements,  and  a  deeper  and 
thicker  epithelial  layer,  and  between  these  the  fibres  of 


xii.]  THE  EYE.  387 

the  crura  cerebri  soon  interpose  themselves.  At  a 
slightly  later  period  a  thin  superficial  layer  of  white 
matter,  homologous  with  that  of  the  remainder  of  the 
brain,  becomes  established. 

The  inner  layer,  together  with  the  fibres  from  the 
crura  cerebri,  gives  rise  to  the  major  part  of  the  white 
matter  of  the  hemispheres  and  to  the  epithelium  lining 
the  lateral  ventricles. 

The  outer  layer  of  rounded  cells  becomes  divided 
into  (1)  a  superficial  part  with  comparatively  few  cells, 
which,  together  with  its  coating  of  white  matter,  forms 
the  outer  part  of  the  grey  matter,  and  (2)  a  deeper 
layer  with  numerous  cells,  which  forms  the  main  mass 
of  the  grey  matter  of  the  cortex. 

The  eyes.  The  development  of  the  Mammalian  eye 
is  essentially  similar  to  that  of  the  chick  (ch.  vi.)  There 
are  however  two  features  in  its  development  which  de- 
serve mention.  These  are  (1)  the  immense  foetal  develop- 
ment of  the  blood-vessels  of  the  vitreous  humour  and 
the  presence  in  the  embryo  of  a  vascular  membrane  sur- 
rounding the  lens,  known  as  the  membrana  capsulo- 
pujnllaris,  (2)  the  absence  of  any  structure  comparable 
to  the  pecten,  and  the  presence  of  the  arteria  centralis 
retinae. 

In  the  invagination  of  the  lens  (rabbit)  a  thin 
layer  of  mesoblast  is  carried  before  it,  and  is  thus 
transported  into  the  cavity  of  the  vitreous  humour. 
In  the  folding  in  of  the  optic  vesicle  which  accom- 
panies the  formation  of  the  lens  the  optic  nerve  is 
included,  and  on  the  development  of  the  cavity  of  the 
vitreous  humour  an  artery,  running  in  the  fold  of 
the  optic  nerve,  passes  through  the  choroid  slit  into  the 

25—2 


388      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

cavity  of  the  vitreous  humour  (Fig.  128  acr).  The  sides 
of  the  optic  nerve  subsequently  bend  over,  and  com- 
pletely envelope  this  artery,  which  then  gives  off 


[>/*.  n  - 


SECTION  THROUGH  THE  EYE  OF  A  RABBIT   EMBRYO   OF  ABOUT 
TWELVE  DAYS. 

c.  epithelium  of  cornea  :  1.  lens  ;  mec.  mesoblast  growing  in  from 
the  side  to  form  the  cornea  ;  rt.  retina  ;  a.c.r.  arteria  cen- 
tralis  retinse  ;  of.n.  optic  nerve. 

The  figure  shews  (1)  the  absence  at  this  stage  of  mesoblast 
between  the  lens  and  the  epiblast ;  the  interval  between  the 
two  has  however  been  made  too  great ;  (2)  the  arteria  centralis 
retinae  forming  the  vascular  capsule  of  the  lens  and  continuous 
with  vascular  structures  round  the  edges  of  the  optic  cup. 


XII.]  MEMBRANA   CAPSULO-PUPILLARIS.  389 

branches  to  the  retina,  and  becomes  known  as  the 
arteria  centralis  retince.  It  is  homologous  with  the 
arterial  limb  of  the  vascular  loop  projecting  into  the 
vitreous  humour  in  Birds. 

Before  becoming  enveloped  in  the  optic  nerve  tins 
artery  is  continued  through  the  vitreous  humour  (Fig. 
128),  and  when  it  comes  in  close  proximity  to  the  lens 
it  divides  into  a  number  of  radiating  branches,  which 
pass  round  the  edge  of  the  lens,  and  form  a  vascular 
sheath  which  is  prolonged  so  as  to  cover  the  anterior 
wall  of  the  lens.  In  front  of  the  lens  they  anastomose 
with  vessels,  coming  from  the  iris,  many  of  which  are 
venous,  and  the  whole  of  the  blood  from  the  arteria 
centralis  is  carried  away  by  these  veins.  The  vascular 
sheath  surrounding  the  lens  is  the  membrana  capsulo- 
pupillaris.  The  posterior  part  of  it  is  either  formed 
simply  by  branches  of  the  arteria  centralis,  or  out 
of  the  mesoblast  cells  involuted  with  the  lens.  The 
anterior  part  of  the  vascular  sheath  is  however  enclosed 
in  a  very  delicate  membrane,  the  membrana  pupillaris, 
continuous  at  the  sides  with  the  membrane  of  Descemet. 

The  membrana  capsulo-pupillaris  is  simply  a  pro- 
visional embryonic  structure,  subserving  the  nutrition 
of  the  lens. 

In  many  forms,  in  addition  to  the  vessels  of  the 
vascular  capsule  round  the  lens,  there  arise  from  the 
arteria  centralis  retinae,  just  after  its  exit  from  the  optic 
nerve,  provisional  vascular  branches  which  extend  them- 
selves in  the  posterior  part  of  the  vitreous  humour. 
Near  the  ciliary  end  of  the  vitreous  humour  they  anas- 
tomose with  the  vessels  of  the  membrana  capsulo-pu- 
pillaris. 


390      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  choroid  slit  closes  very  early,  and  is  not  per- 
forated by  any  structure  homologous  with  the  pecteri. 
The  only  part  of  the  slit  which  can  be  said  to  remain 
open  is  that  in  which  the  optic  nerve  is  involved  ;  in  the 
Centre  of  the  latter  is  situated  the  arteria  centralis 
retinae  as  explained  above.  From  this  artery  there 
grow  out  the  vessels  to  supply  the  retina,  which  however 
are  distinct  from  the  provisional  vessels  of  the  vitreous 
humour  just  described,  the  blood  being  returned  from 
them  by  veins  accompanying  the  arteries.  On  the 
atrophy  of  the  provisional  vessels  the  whole  of  the  blood 
of  the  arteria  centralis  passes  into  the  retina. 

Of  the  cornea,  aqueous  humour,  eyelids  and  lacrymal 
duct  no  mention  need  here  be  made,  the  account  given  in 
Part  I.  being  applicable  equally  to  mammalian  embryos. 

The  auditory  organ.  In  Mammals,  as  we  have 
seen  to  be  the  case  in  the  chick  (chap,  vi.),  the  auditory 
vesicle  is  at  first  nearly  spherical,  and  is  imbedded  in 
the  mesoblast  at  the  side  of  the  hind-brain.  It  soon 
becomes  triangular  in  section,  with  the  apex  of  the  tri- 
angle pointing  inwards  and  downwards.  This  apex 
gradually  elongates  to  form  the  rudiment  of  the  cochlear 
canal  and  sacculus  hemisphericus  (Fig.  129,  GO).  At 
the  same  time  the  recessus  labyrinthi  (R.L)  becomes 
distinctly  marked,  and  the  outer  wall  of  the  main  body 
of  the  vesicle  grows  out  into  two  protuberances,  which 
form  the  rudiments  of  the  vertical  semicircular  canals 
(V.E).  In  the  lower  forms  (Fig.  132)  the  cochlear 
process  hardly  reaches  a  higher  stage  of  development  than 
that  found  at  this  stage  in  Mammalia. 

The  parts  of  the  auditory  labyrinth  thus  established 
soon  increase  in  distinctness  (Fig.  130);  the  cochlear 


XII.]  THE   MEMBRANOUS   LABYRINTH. 


391 


Fm.  129. 


TRANSVERSE  SECTION  OF  THE  HEAD  OF  A  F(ETAL  SHEEP 
(16  MM.  IN  LENGTH)  IN  THE  REGION  OF  THE  HIND-BRAIN. 
(After  Bottcher.) 

HE.  the  hind-brain.  The  section  is  somewhat  oblique,  hence 
while  on  the  right  side  the  connections  of  the  recessus  vestibuli 
R.L.j  and  of  the  commencing  vertical  semicircular  canal  F.Z?., 
and  of  the  ductus  cochlearis  CO.,  with  the  cavity  of  the  primary 
otic  vesicle  are  seen  :  on  the  left  side,  only  the  extreme  end  of  the 
ductus  cochlearis  (7(7,  and  of  the  semicircular  canal  V.B.  are  shewn. 

Lying  close  to  the  inner  side  of  the  otic  vesicle  is  seen  the 
cochlear  ganglion  GC  ;  on  the  left  side  the  auditory  nerve  G'  and 
its  connection  N  with  the  hind-brain  are  also  shewn. 

Below  the  otic  vesicle  on  either  side  lies  the  jugular  vein. 


392      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

canal  ((7(7)  becomes  longer  and  curved ;  its  inner  and 
concave  surface  being  lined  by  a  thick  layer  of  columnar 
epiblast.  The  recessus  labyrinthi  also  increases  in 
length,  and  just  below  the  point  where  the  bulgings  to 
form  the  vertical  semicircular  canals  are  situated,  there 
is  formed  a  fresh  protuberance  for  the  horizontal  semi- 

FIG.  130. 


SECTION    OF    THE    HEAD    OP    A    FOETAL    SHEEP    20    MM.    IN 
LENGTH.     (After  Bottcher.) 

R.  V.  Recessus  labyrinthi ;  V.B.  vertical  semicircular  canal ;  HE. 
horizontal  semicircular  canal ;  C.C.  cochlear  canal ;  G.  coch- 
kar  ganglion. 


XII.]  THE   MEMBRANOUS   LABYRINTH.  393 

circular  canal.  At  the  same  time  the  central  parts  of 
the  walls  of  the  flat  bulgings  of  the  vertical  canals  grow 
together,  obliterating  this  part  of  the  lumen,  but  leaving 
a  canal  round  the  periphery ;  and,  on  the  absorption  of 
their  central  parts,  each  of  the  original  simple  bulgings 
of  the  wall  of  the  vesicle  becomes  converted  into  a  true 
semicircular  canal,  opening  at  its  two  extremities  into 
the  auditory  vesicle.  The  vertical  canals  are  first  es- 
tablished and  then  the  horizontal  canal. 

Shortly  after  the  formation  of  the  rudiment  of  the 
horizontal  semicircular  canal  a  slight  protuberance  be- 
comes apparent  on  the  inner  commencement  of  the 
cochlear  canal.  A  constriction  arises  on  each  side  of 
the  protuberance,  converting  it  into  a  prominent  hemi- 
spherical projection,  the  sacculus  hemisphericus  (Fig. 
131  8E). 

The  constrictions  are  so  deep  that  the  sacculus  is 
only  connected  with  the  cochlear  canal  on  the  one  hand, 
and  with  the  general  cavity  of  the  auditory  vesicle  on 
the  other,  by,  in  each  case,  a  narrow  short  canal.  The 
former  of  these  canals  (Fig.  131  6)  is  known  as  the 
canalis  reuniens. 

At  this  stage  we  may  call  the  remaining  cavity  of 
the  original  otic  vesicle,  into  which  all  the  above  parts 
open,  the  utriculus. 

Soon  after  the  formation  of  the  sacculus  hemispheri- 
cus, the  cochlear  canal  and  the  semicircular  canals 
become  invested  with  cartilage.  The  recessus  labyrinthi 
remains  however  still  enclosed  in  undifferentiated  meso- 
blast. 

Between  the  cartilage  and  the  parts  which  it  sur- 
rounds there  remains  a  certain  amount  of  indifferent 


394      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 
FIG.   131. 


JOT 


J3TJB 


SECTION    THROUGH    THE    INTERNAL    EAR    OF    AN    EMBRYONIC 
SHEEP  28  MM.  IN  LENGTH.     (After  Bottcher.) 

D.M.  dura  mater;  R.  V.  recessus  labyrinthi ;  H.V.B.   posterior 
vertical  semicircular  canal ;    U.  utriculus  ;  H.B.  horizontal 


XII.]  THE   MEMBRANOUS   LABYRINTH.  395 

semicircular  canal ;  b.  canalis  reunions  ;  a.  constriction  by 
means  of  which  the  sacculus  hemisphericus  S.lt.  is  formed  ; 
/.  narrowed  opening  between  sacculus  hemisphericus  and 
utriculus ;  C.C.  cochlea ;  C.C1.  lumen  of  cochlea ;  K.K. 
cartilaginous  capsule  of  cochlea  ;  K.B.  basilar  plate  ;  C/i. 
notochord. 

connective  tissue,  which  is  more  abundant  around  the. 
cochlear  canal  than  around  the  semicircular  canals. 

As  soon  as  they  have  acquired  a  distinct  connective- 
tissue  coat,  the  semicircular  canals  begin  to  bo  dilated 
at  one  of  their  terminations  to  form  the  ampullae.  At 
about  the  same  time  a  constriction  appears  opposite  the 
mouth  of  the  recessus  labyrinthi,  which  causes  its  open- 
ing to  be  divided  into  two  branches — one  towards  the 
utriculus  and  the  other  towards  the  sacculus  hemispheri- 
cus ;  and  the  relations  of  the  parts  become  so  altered 
that  communication  between  the  sacculus  and  utriculus 
can  only  take  place  through  the  mouth  of  the  recessus 
labyrinthi  (Fig.  132). 

When  the  cochlear  canal  has  come  to  consist  of  two 
and  a  half  coils,  the  thickened  epithelium  which  lines 
the  lower  surface  of  the  canal  forms  a  double  ridge 
from  which  the  organ  of  Corti  is  subsequently  de- 
veloped. Above  the  ridge  there  appears  a  delicate 
cuticular  membrane,  the  membrane  of  Corti  or  mem- 
brana  tectoria. 

The  epithelial  walls  of  the  utricle,  the  saccule,  the 
recessus  labyrinthi,  the  semicircular  canals,  and  the 
cochlear  canal  constitute  together  the  highly  complicated 
product  of  the  original  auditory  vesicle.  The  whole 
structure  forms  a  closed  cavity,  the  various  parts  of 
which  are  in  free  communication.  In  the  adult  the 


396      DEVELOPMENT   OF    ORGANS   IN    MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

fluid  present  in  this  cavity  is  known  as  the  endo- 
lyinph. 

In  the  mesoblast  lying  between  these  parts  and  the 
cartilage,  which  at  this  period  envelopes  them,  lymphatic 
spaces  become  established,  which  are  partially  de- 
veloped in  the  Sauropsida,  but  become  in  Mammals 
very  important  structures. 

They  consist  in  Mammals  partly  of  a  space  sur- 
rounding the  utricle  and  saccule  and  called  the  vestibule, 
into  which  open  spaces  surrounding  the  semicircular 
canals,  and  partly  of  two  very  definite  channels,  which 
largely  embrace  between  them  the  cochlear  canal.  The 
latter  channels  form  the  scala  vestibuli  on  the  upper  side 
of  the  cochlear  canal  and  the  scala  tympani  on  the  lower. 
The  scala  vestibuli  is  in  free  communication  with  the 
lymphatic  cavity  surrounding  the  utricle  and  saccule, 
and  opens  at  the  apex  of  the  cochlea  into  the  scala  tyrn- 
pani.  The  latter  ends  blindly  at  the  fenestra  rotunda. 

The  fluid  contained  in  the  two  scalse,  and  in  the 
remaining  lymphatic  cavities  of  the  auditory  labyrinth, 
is  known  as  perilymph. 

The  cavities  just  spoken  of  are  formed  by  an  absorp- 
tion of  parts  of  the  embryonic  mucous  tissue  between 
the  perichondrium  and  the  walls  of  the  membranous 
labyrinth. 

The  scala  vestibuli  is  formed  before  the  scala  tympani, 
and  both  scalse  begin  to  be  developed  at  the  basal  end 
of  the  cochlea :  the  cavity  of  each  is  continually  being 
carried  forwards  towards  the  apex  of  the  cochlear  canal 
by  a  progressive  absorption  of  the  mesoblast.  At  first 
both  scalse  are  somewhat  narrow,  but  they  soon  increase 
in  size  and  distinctness. 


XII.]  THE   COCHLEA.  397 

The  cochlear  canal,  which  is  often  known  as  the 
scala  media  of  the  cochlea,  becomes  compressed  on  the 
formation  of  the  scalse  so  as  to  be  triangular  in  section, 
with  the  base  of  the  triangle  outwards.  This  base  is 
only  separated  from  the  surrounding  cartilage  by  a 
narrow  strip  of  firm  mesoblast,  which  becomes  the  stria 
vascularis,  etc.  At  the  angle  opposite  the  base  the  coch- 
lear canal  is  joined  to  the  cartilage  by  a  narrow  isthmus 
of  firm  material,  which  contains  nerves  and  vessels.  This 
isthmus  subsequently  forms  the  lamina  spiralis,  separ- 
ating the  scala  vestibuli  from  the  scala  tympani. 

The  scala  vestibuli  lies  on  the  upper  border  of  the 
cochlear  canal,  and  is  separated  from  it  by  a  very  thin 
layer  of  mesoblast,  bordered  on  the  cochlear  aspect  by 
flat  epiblast  cells.  This  membrane  is  called  the  mem- 
brane  of  Reissner.  The  scala  tympani  is  separated  from 
the  cochlear  canal  by  a  thicker  sheet  of  mesoblast,  called 
the  basilar  membrane,  which  supports  the  organ  of 
Corti  and  the  epithelium  adjoining  it.  The  upper  ex- 
tremity of  the  cochlear  canal  ends  in  a  blind  extremity 
called  the  cupola,  to  which  the  two  scalse  do  not  for 
some  time  extend.  This  condition  is  permanent  in 
Birds,  where  the  cupola  is  represented  by  a  structure 
known  as  the  lagena  (Fig.  132,  II.  L).  Subsequently 
the  two  scalse  join  at  the  extremity  of  the  cochlear 
canal ;  the  point  of  the  cupola  still  however  remains  in 
contact  with  the  bone,  which  has  now  replaced  the 
cartilage,  but  at  a  still  later  period  the  scala  vestibuli, 
growing  further  round,  separates  the  cupola  from  the 
adjoining  osseous  tissue. 

Accessory  auditory  structures.    The  development 
of   the    Eustachian    tube,    tympanic   cavity,   tympanic 


398      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 
FIG.   132. 


DIAGRAMS   OF   THE   MEMBRANOUS   LABYRINTH.     (From  Gegen- 

baur.) 

I.     Fish.  II.     Bird.  III.     Mammal 

U.  utriculus ;  S.  sacculus ;  US.  utriculus  and  sacculus  ;  Cr. 
canalis  reuniens ;  R.  recessus  labyrinthi ;  UC.  commence- 
ment of  cochlea ;  0.  cochlear  canal ;  L.  lagena  ;  K.  cupola 
at  apex  of  cochlear  canal ;  V.  csecal  sac  of  the  vestibulum  of 
the  cochlear  canal. 

membrane  and  external  auditory  meatus  resembles  that 
in  Birds  (p.  166).  As  in  Birds  two  membranous  fenestrse, 
the  fenestra  ovalis  and  rotunda,  in  the  bony  inner  wall  of 
the  tympanic  cavity  are  formed.  The  fenestra  ovalis 
opens  into  the  vestibule,  and  is  in  immediate  contiguity 
with  the  walls  of  the  utricle,  while  the  fenestra  rotunda 
adjoins  the  scala  tympani.  In  place  of  the  columella  of 
Birds,  three  ossicles,  the  malleus,  incus  and  stapes  reach 
across  the  tympanic  cavity  from  the  tympanic  membrane 


XII.] 


THE   NASAL   ORGAN. 


399 


to  the  fenestra  ovalis.  These  ossicles,  which  arise 
mainly  from  the  mandibular  and  hyoid  arches  (vide 
p.  403),  are  at  first  imbedded  in  the  connective  tissue  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  tympanic  cavity,  but  on  the 
full  development  of  this  cavity,  become  apparently 
placed  within  it,  though  really  enveloped  in  the  mucous 
membrane  lining  it. 

Nasal  organ.  In  Mammalia  the  general  formation 
of  the  anterior  and  posterior  nares  is  the  same  as  in 
Birds;  but  an  outgrowth  from  the  inner  side  of  the 
canal  between  the  two  openings  arises  at  an  early  period  ; 
and  becoming  separate  from  the  posterior  nares  and 
provided  with  a  special  opening  into  the  mouth,  forms 
the  organ  of  Jacobson.  The  general  relations  of  this 
organ  when  fully  formed  are  shewn  in  Fig.  133. 

FIG.  133. 


SECTION  THROUGH  THE  NASAL  CAVITY  AND  JACOBSON'S  ORGAN. 

(From  Gegenbaur.) 

*n.  septum  nasi ;  en.  nasal  cavity  ;  J.  Jacobson's  organ  ;  d.  edgs 
of  upper  jaw. 


400      DEVELOPMENT   OF    ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  development  of  the  cranial  and  spinal 
nerves  in  Mammals  is  as  far  as  is  known  essentially 
the  same  as  in  the  chick,  for  an  account  of  which  see 
p.  123  et  seq. 

Sympathetic  nervous  system.  The  development 
of  the  sympathetic  system  of  both  Aves  and  Mammalia 
has  not  been  thoroughly  worked  out.  There  is  how- 
ever but  little  doubt  that  in  Mammalia  the  main  por- 
tion arises  in  continuity  with  the  posterior  spinal 
ganglia. 

The  later  history  of  the  sympathetic  system  is  inti- 
mately bound  up  with  that  of  the  so-called  supra-renal 
bodies,  the  medullary  part  of  which  is,  as  we  shall  see 
below,  derived  from  the  peripheral  part  of  the  sympa- 
thetic system. 

THE  ORGANS  DERIVED  FROM  MESOBLAST. 

The  vertebral  column.  The  early  development  of 
the  perichordal  cartilaginous  tube  and  rudimentary 
neural  arches  is  almost  the  same  in  Mammals  as  in 
Birds.  The  differentiation  into  vertebral  and  inter- 
vertebral  regions  is  the  same  in  both  groups;  but  instead 
of  becoming  divided  as  in  Birds  into  two  segments 
attached  to  two  adjoining  vertebrae,  the  intervertebral 
regions  become  in  Mammals  wholly  converted  into  the 
intervertebral  ligaments  (Fig.  135  li).  There  are  three 
centres  of  ossification  for  each  vertebra,  two  in  the  arch 
and  one  in  the  centrum. 

The  fate  of  the  notochord  is  in  important  respects 
different  from  that  in  Birds.  It  is  first  constricted  in 
the  centres  of  the  vertebrae  (Fig.  134)  and  disappears 
there  shortly  after  the  beginning  of  ossification  ;  while  in 


XII.] 


THE   SKULL. 


401 


the  intervertebral  regions  it  remains  relatively  uncon- 
stricted  (Figs.  134  and  135  c)  and  after  undergoing 
certain  histological  changes  remains  through  life  as  part 
of  the  nucleus  pulposus  in  the  axis  of  the  intervertebral 
ligaments.  There  is  also  a  slight  swelling  of  the  noto- 
chord  near  the  two  extremities  of  each  vertebra  (Fig. 
135  c  and  c"}. 

In  the  persistent  vertebral  constriction  of  the  notochord 
Mammals  retain  a  more  primitive  and  piscine  mode  of  formation 
of  the  vertebral  column  thai}  tfye  majority  either  of  the  Reptilia 
or  Amphibia. 

FIG.  134. 


LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  VERTEBRAL  COLUMN 
OF  AN  EIGHT  WEEKS'  HUMAN  EMBRYO  IN  THE  THO- 
RACIC REGION.  (From  Kolliker.) 

v.   cartilaginous  vertebral    body ;     li.  intervertebral  ligament ; 
ch.  notochord. 

The  skull.  Excepting  in  the  absence  of  the  inter- 
orbital  plate,  the  early  development  of  the  Mamma- 
lian cranium  resembles  in  all  essential  points  that  of 
Aves,  to  our  account  of  which  on  p.  235  et  seq.  we  refer 
the  reader. 

F.  &  B.  26 


402      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 
FIG.  135. 


tff  C" 


7; 


LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  INTERVERTEBRAL  LIGA- 
MENT AND  ADJACENT  PARTS  OF  TWO  VERTEBRA  FROM  THE 

THORACIC  EEGION  OF  AN  ADVANCED  EMBRYO  OF  A  SHEEP. 
(From  Kolliker.) 

la.  .ligamentum  longitudinale  anterius  ;  Ip.  ligamentum  long,  pos- 
terius  ;  li.  ligamentum  intervertebrale  ;  £,  kr.  epiphysis  of 
vertebra  ;  w.  and  wf.  anterior  and  posterior  vertebrae  ;  c.  in- 
tervertebral  dilatation  of  notochord  ;  c.'  and  c".  vertebral  di- 
latation of  notochord.. 

The  early  changes  in  the  development  of  the  visceral 
arches  and  clefts  have  already  been  described,  but  the 
later  changes  undergone  by  the  skeletal  elements  of  the 
first  two  visceral  arches  are  sufficiently  striking  to  need 
a  special  description. 


XII.]  MANDIBULAR   AND   HYOID   ARCHES.  403 

The  skeletal  bars  of  both  the  hyoid  and  mandibular 
arches  develop  at  first  more  completely  than  in  any 
of  the  other  types  above  Fishes ;  they  are  articulated  to 
each  other  above,  while  the  pterygo-palatine  bar  is 
quite  distinct. 

The  main  features  of  the  subsequent  development 
are  undisputed,  with  the  exception  of  that  of  the  upper 
end  of  the  hyoid,  which  is  still  controverted.  The 
following  is  Parker's  account  for  the  Pig. 

The  mandibular  and  hyoid  arches  are  at  first  very 
similar,  their  dorsal  ends  being  somewhat  incurved,  and 
articulating  together. 

In  a  somewhat  later  stage  (Fig.  136)  the  upper  end 
of  the  mandibular  bar  (mb),  without  becoming  segmented 

FIG.  13G. 


KMHHYO  Pra,  AX  INCH  AND  A  THIRD  LONG  ;  SIDE  VIEW  OF 
MANDIBULAR  AND  HYOID  ARCHES.  THE  MAIN  HYOID 
ARCH  IS  SEEN  AS  DISPLACED  BACKWARDS  AFTER  SEGMEN- 
TATION FROM  THE  INCUS.  (From  Parker.) 

t'j.  tongue  ;  mJc.  Meckelian  cartilage  ;  ml.  body  of  malleus  ;  ml). 
inanubrium  or  handle  of  the  malleus  ;  tjy.  tegmen  tympani ; 
?'.  incus  ;  st.  stapes  ;  i.hy.  interhyal  ligament ;  st.h.  stylohyal 
cartilage  ;  h.h.  hypohyal ;  b.h.  basibranchial ;  th.h.  rudiment 
of  first  branchial  arch  ;  la.  facial  nerve. 

28—2 


404      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

from  the  ventral  part,  becomes  distinctly  swollen,  and 
clearly  corresponds  to  the  quadrate  region  of  other  types. 
The  ventral  part  of  the  bar  constitutes  Meckel's  carti- 
lage (mk). 

The  hyoid  arch  has  in  the  meantime  become  seg- 
mented into  two  parts,  an  upper  part  (i),  which  eventually 
becomes  one  of  the  small  bones  of  the  ear— the  incus- — 
and  a  lower  part  which  remains  as  the  anterior  cornu 
of  the  hyoid  (st.h).  The  two  parts  continue  to  be  con- 
nected by  a  ligament. 

The  incus  is  articulated  with  the  quadrate  end  of 
the  mandibular  arch,  and  its  rounded  head  comes  in 
contact  with  the  stapes  (Fig.  136,  sf)  which  is  segmented 
from  the  fenestra  ovalis. 

According  to  some  authors  the  stapes  is  independently  formed 
from  mesoblast  cells  surrounding  a  branch  of  the  internal  carotid 
artery. 

The  main  arch  of  the  hyoid  becomes  divided  into 
a  hypohyal  (hJi)  below  and  a  stylohyal  (st.h)  above,  and 
also  becomes  articulated  with  the  basal  element  of  the 
arch  behind  (bh). 

In  the  course  of  further  development  the  Meckelian 
part  of  the  mandibular  arch  becomes  enveloped  in  a 
superficial  ossification  forming  the  dentary.  Its  upper 
end,  adjoining  the  quadrate  region,  becomes  calcified 
and  then  absorbed,  and  its  lower,  with  the  exception  of 
the  extreme  point,  is  ossified  and  subsequently  incorpo- 
rated in  the  dentary. 

The  quadrate  region  remains  relatively  stationary  in 
growth  as  compared  with  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  skull, 
and  finally  ossifies  to  form  the  malleiis.  The  processus 


XII.]  THE   AUDITORY   OSSICLES.  '  405 

gracilis  of  the  malleus  is  the  primitive  continuation  into 
Meckel's  cartilage. 

The  malleus  and  incus  are  at  first  embedded  in  the 
connective  tissue  adjoining  the  tympanic  cavity,  which 
with  the  Eustachian  tube  is  the  persistent  remains  of 
the  hyomandibular  cleft ;  and  externally  to  them  a  bone 
known  as  the  tympanic  bone  becomes  developed  so  that 
they  become  placed  between  the  tympanic  bone  and  the 
periotic  capsule.  In  late  foetal  life  they  become  trans- 
ported completely  within  the  tympanic  cavity,  though 
covered  by  a  reflection  of  the  tympanic  mucous  mem- 
brane. 

The  dorsal  end  of  the  part  of  the  hyoid  separated 
from  the  incus  becomes  ossified  as  the  tympano-hyal, 
and  is  anchylosed  with  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  periotic 
capsule.  The  middle  part  of  the  bar  just  outside  the 
skull  forms  the  stylo-hyal  (styloid  process  in  man)  which 
is  attached  by  ligament  to  the  anterior  cornu  of  the 
hyoid  (cerato-hyal).  The  tympanic  membrane  and  ex- 
ternal auditory  meatus  develop  as  in  the  chick  (p.  166). 

The  ribs  and  sternum  appear  to  develop  in  Mammals  as  in 
Birds  (p.  234). 

The  pectoral  girdle,  as  in  Birds  (p.  234),  arises  as  a  con- 
tinuous plate  of  cartilage,  the  coracoid  element  of  which  is  how- 
ever much  reduced. 

The  clavicle  in  Man  is  provided  with  a  central  axis  of  car- 
tilage, and  its  mode  of  ossification  is  intermediate  between  that  of 
a  true  cartilage  bone  and  a  membrane  bone. 

The  pelvic  girdle  is  formed  in  cartilage  as  in  Birds,  but  in  Man 
at  any  rate  the  pubic  part  of  the  cartilage  is  formed  independently 
of  the  remainder.  There  are  the  usual  three  centres  of  ossification, 
which  unite  eventually  into  a  single  bone — the  innominate  bone. 
The  pubis  and  ischium  of  each  side  unite  ventrally,  so  as  com- 
pletely to  enclose  the  obturator  foramen. 


406      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  skeleton  of  the  limbs  develops  so  far  as  is  known  as  in 
Birds,  from  a  continuous  mesoblastic  blastema,  within  which  the 
corresponding  cartilaginous  elements  of  the  limbs  become  dif- 
ferentiated. 

The  body  cavity.  The  development  of  the  body 
cavity  and  its  subsequent  division  into  pericardia! 
pleural  and  peritoneal  cavities  is  precisely  the  same  in 
Mammalia  as  in  Aves  (p.  264  et  seq.).  But  in  Mam- 
malia a  further  change  takes  place,  in  that  by  the  for- 
mation of  a  vertical  partition  across  the  body  cavity, 
known  as  the  diaphragm,  the  pleural  cavities,  contain- 
ing the  lungs,  become  isolated  from  the  remainder  of 
the  body  or  peritoneal  cavity.  As  shewn  by  their 
development  the  so-called  pleurae  or  pleural  sacs  are 
simply  the  peritoneal  linings  of  the  anterior  divisions 
of  the  body  cavity,  shut  off  from  the  remainder  of  the 
body  cavity  by  the  diaphragm. 

The  vascular  system. 

The  heart.  The  two  tubes  out  of  which  the  heart 
is  formed  appear  at  the  sides  of  the  cephalic  plates, 
opposite  the  region  of  the  mid-  and  hind-brain  (Fig. 
107).  They  arise  at  a  time  when  the  lateral  folds 
which  form  the  ventral  wall  of  the  throat  are  only  just 
becoming  visible.  Each  half  of  the  heart  originates  in 
the  same  way  as  in  the  chick ;  and  the  layer  of  the 
splanchnic  mesoblast,  which  forms  the  muscular  wall  for 
each  part  (ahh).  has  at  first  the  form  of  a  half  tube  open 
below  to  the  hypoblast. 

On  the  formation  of  the  lateral  folds  of  the  splanchnic 
walls,  the  two  halves  of  the  heart  become  carried  inwards 


XII.]  ARTERIAL   SYSTEM.  407 

and  downwards,  and  eventually  meet  on  the  ventral 
side  of  the  throat.  For  a  short  time  they  here  remain 
distinct,  but  soon  coalesce  into  a  single  tube. 

In  Birds,  it  will  be  remembered,  the  heart  at  first  has  the 
form  of  two  tubes,  which  however  are  in  contact  in  front.  It 
arises  at  a  time  when  the  formation  of  the  throat  is  very  much 
more  advanced  than  in  Mammalia  ;  when  in  fact  the  ventral 
wall  of  the  throat  is  established  as  far  back  as  the  front  end  of 
the  heart. 

In  the  lower  types  the  heart  does  not  appear  till  the  ventral 
wall  of  the  throat  is  completely  established,  and  it  has  from  the 
first  the  form  of  a  single  tub". 

It  is  therefore  probable  that  the  formation  of  the  heart  as  two 
cavities  is  a  secondary  mode  of  development,  which  has  been 
brought  about  by  variations  in  the  period  of  the  closing  in  of  the 
wall  of  the  throat. 

The  later  development  of  the  heart  is  in  the  main  similar  to 
that  of  the  chick  (p.  256  et  seq.). 

The  arterial  system.  The  early  stages  of  the 
arterial  system  of  Mammalia  are  similar  to  those  in 
Birds.  Five  arterial  arches  are  formed,  the  three  poste- 
rior of  which  wholly  or  in  part  persist  in  the  adult. 

The  bulbus  arteriosus  is  divided  into  two  (fig.  137 
B),  but  the  left  fourth  arch  (e),  instead  of,  as  in  Birds, 
the  right,  is  that  continuous  with  the  dorsal  aorta,  and 
the  right  fourth  arch  (i)  is  only  continued  into  the  right 
vertebral  and  right  subclavian  arteries. 

The  fifth  pair  of  arches  which  is  continuous  with 
one  of  the  divisions  of  the  bulbus  arteriosus  gives  origin 
to  the  two  pulmonary  arteries.  Both  these  however  are 
derived  from  the  arch  on  one  side,  viz.  the  left  (fig.  137 
B);  whereas  in  Birds,  one  pulmonary  artery  comes  from 
the  left  and  the  other  from  the  right  fifth  arch  (fig. 
137  A). 


408      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

The  ductus  Botalli  of  the  fifth  arch  (known  in  Man 
as  the  ductus  arteriosus)  of  the  side  on  which  the 
pulmonary  arteries  are  formed,  may  remain  (e.g.  in  Man) 
as  a  solid  cord  connecting  the  common  stem  of  the 
pulmonary  aorta  with  the  systemic  aorta. 

The  diagram,  Fig.  137,  copied  from  Rathke,  shews 
at  a  glance  the  character  of  the  metamorphosis  the 
arterial  arches  undergo  in  Birds  and  Mammals. 


FIG.  137. 


DIAGRAMS    ILLUSTRATING   THE    METAMORPHOSIS   OF   THE    AR- 
TERIAL ARCHES  IN  A  BIRD  A.  AND  A  MAMMAL  B. 

(From  Mivart  after  Kathke.) 

A.  a.  internal  carotid  ;  b.  external  carotid  ;  c.  common  carotid  ; 
d.  systemic  aorta  ;  e.  fourth  arch  of  right  side  (root  of  dorsal 
aorta)  •  /  right  subclavian  ;  g.  dorsal  aorta  ;  h.  left  subcla- 
vian  (fourth  arch  of  left  side) ;  i.  pulmonary  artery  ;  Jc.  and 
I.  right  and  left  ductus  Botalli  of  pulmonary  arteries, 

B;  a.'  internal  carotid  ;  b.  external  carotid  ;  c.  common  carotid  ; 
d.'  systemic  aorta  ;  e.  fourth  arch  of  left  side  (root  of  dorsal 
aorta) ;  /.  dorsal  aorta  ;  g.  left  vertebral  artery  ;  h.  left  sub- 
clavian  artery  ;  i.  right  subclavian  (fourth  arch  of  right 
side)  ;  Jc.  right  vertebral ;  I.  continuation  of  right  subcla- 
vian ;  m.  pulmonary  artery  ;  n.  ductus  Botalli  of  pulmonary 
artery. 


XII.]  VENOUS   SYSTEM.  409 

In  some  Mammals  both  subclavians  spring  from 
a  trunk  common  to  them  and  the  carotids  (arteria 
anonyma)  ;  or  as  in  Man  and  some  other  Mammals, 
the  left  one  arises  from  the  systemic  aorta  just  beyond 
the  carotids.  Various  further  modifications  in  the  origin 
of  the  subclavians  are  found  in  Mammalia,  but  they 
need  not  be  specified  in  detail.  The  vertebral  arteries 
arise  in  close  connection  with  the  subclavians,  whereas 
in  Birds  they  arise  from  the  common  carotids. 

The  venous  system.  In  Mammals  the  same  venous 
trunks  are  developed  in  the  embryo  as  in  Birds  (Fig. 
138  A).  The  anterior  cardinals  or  external  jugulars 
form  the  primitive  veins  of  the  anterior  part  of  the 
body,  and  the  internal  jugulars  and  anterior  vertebrals 
are  subsequently  formed.  The  subclavians  (Fig.  138 
A,  s),  developed  on  the  formation  of  the  anterior  limbs, 
also  pour  their  blood  into  these  primitive  trunks.  In 
the  lower  Mammalia  (Monotremata,  Marsupialia,  Insec- 
tivora,  some  Rodentia,  etc.)  the  two  ductus  Cuvieri 
remain  as  the  two  superior  venae  cavse,  but  more  usually 
an  anastomosis  arises  between  the  right  and  left  in- 
nominate veins,  and  eventually  the  whole  of  the  blood 
of  the  left  superior  cava  is  carried  to  the  right  side,  and 
there  is  left  only  a  single  superior  cava  (Fig.  138  B  and 
C).  A  small  rudiment  of  the  Jeft  superior  cava  remains 
however  as  the  sinus  coronarius  and  receives  the  coronary 
vein  from  the  heart  (Figs.  138  C,  cor  and  139  cs). 

The  posterior  cardinal  veins  form  at  first  the  only 
veins  receiving  the  blood  from  the  posterior  part  of  the 
trunk  and  kidneys ;  and  on  the  development  of  the  hind 
limbs  receive  the  blood  from  them  also. 

An  unpaired  vena  cava  inferior  becomes  eventually 


410      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS    IN    MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 
FIG.  138. 


DIAGRAM    OF    THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    PAIRED    VENOUS 
SYSTEM  OF  MAMMALS  (MAN).     (From  Gegenbaur.) 

j.  jugular  vein  ;  cs.  vena  cava  superior ;  s.  subclavian  veins  ;  c. 
posterior  cardinal  vein ;  v.  vertebral  vein  ;  az.  azygos  vein  ; 
cor.  coronary  vein. 

A.  Stage  in  which  the  cardinal  veins  have  already  disap- 
peared.   Their  position  is  indicated  by  dotted  lines. 

B.  Later  stage  when  the  blood  from  the  left  jugular  vein  is 
carried  into  the  right  to  form  the  single  vena  cava  superior ;  a 
remnant  of  the  left  superior  cava  being  however  still  left. 

C.  Stage  after  the  left  vertebral  vein  has  disappeared ;  the 
right  vertebral  remaining  as  the  azygos  vein.     The  coronary  vein 
remains  as  the  last  remnant  of  the  left  superior  vena  cava. 

developed,  and  gradually  carries  off  a  larger  and  larger 
portion  of  the  blood  originally  returned  by  the  posterior 
cardinals.  It  unites  with  the  common  stem  of  the 
allantoic  and  vitelline  veins  in  front  of  the  liver. 

At  a  later  period  a  pair  of  trunks  is  established 
bringing  the  blood  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  cardinal 
veins  and  the  crural  veins  directly  into  the  vena  cava 


XII.] 


VERTEBRAL    VEINS. 


411 


inferior  (Fig.  139,  il).    These  vessels,  whose  development 
has  not  been  adequately  investigated,  form  the  common 


DIAGRAM    OF  THE   CHIEF  VENOUS  TRUNKS  OF  MAN. 
(From  Gegenbaur.) 

cs.  coronary  sinus  ;     s.  subclavian  vein  ;    ji.    internal  jugular  ; 
Je.  external  jugular  ;    az.  azygos  vein  ;    ha.  hemiazygos  vein  ; 

c.  Jotted  line  shewing  previous  position  of  cardinal  veins  ; 

d.  vena  cava  inferior  ;  r.  renal  veins  ;  il.  iliac  ;    Ity.  hypogas- 
tric  veins  ;  h.  hepatic  veins. 

The  dotted  lines   shew  the   position   of  embryonic   vessels  • 
aborted  in  the  adult. 

iliac  veins,  while  the  posterior  ends  of  the  cardinal  veins 
which  join  them  become  the  hypogastric  veins  (Fig. 
139  hy). 

Posterior  vertebral  veins,  similar  to  those  of  Birds, 
are  established  in  connection  with  the  intercostal  and 


412      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

lumbar  veins,  and  unite  anteriorly  with  the  front  part 
of  the  posterior  cardinal  veins  (Fig.  138  A). 

Upon  the  formation  of  the  posterior  vertebral  veins, 
and  upon  the  inferior  vena  cava  becoming  more  im- 
portant, the  middle  part  of  the  posterior  cardinals  be- 
comes completely  aborted  (Fig.  139  c),  the  anterior  and 
posterior  parts  still  persisting,  the  former  as  the  con- 
tinuations of  the  posterior  vertebrals  into  the  anterior 
vena  cava  (az\  the  latter  as  the  hypogastric  veins  (%). 

Though  in  a  few  Mammalia  both  the  posterior  verte- 
brals persist,  a  transverse  connection  is  usually  established 
between  them,  and  the  one  (the  right),  becoming  the 
more  important,  constitutes  the  azygos  vein  (Fig.  139 
az\  the  persisting  part  of  the  left  forming  the  hemi- 
azygos  vein  (ha). 

The  remainder  of  the  venous  system  is  formed  in  the 
embryo  by  the  vitelline  and  allantoic  veins,  the  former 
being  eventually  joined  by  the  mesenteric  vein  so  as  to 
constitute  the  portal  vein. 

The  vitelline  vein  is  the  first  part  of  this  system 
established,  and  divides  near  the  heart  into  two  veins 
bringing  back  the  blood  from  the  yolk-sac  (umbilical 
vesicle).  The  right  vein  soon  however  aborts. 

The  allantoic  (anterior  abdominal)  veins  are  origin- 
ally paired.  They  are  developed  very  early,  and  at  first 
course  along  the  still  widely  open  somatic  walls  of  the 
body,  and  fall  into  the  single  vitelline  trunk  in  front. 
The  right  allantoic  vein  disappears  before  long,  and  the 
common  trunk  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  vitelline 
and  allantoic  veins  becomes  considerably  elongated. 
This  trunk  is  soon  envelop'ed  by  the  liver,  and  later  in 
its  passage  through,  gives  off  branches  to,  and  also 


XII.]  SUPRA-RENAL   BODIES.  413 

receives  branches  from  this  organ  near  its  anterior  exit. 
The  main  trunk  is  however  never  completely  aborted,  as 
in  the  embryos  of  other  types,  but  remains  as  the  ductus 
venosus  Arantii. 

With  the  development  of  the  placenta  the  allantoic 
vein  becomes  the  main  source  of  the  ductus  venosus, 
and  the  vitelline  or  portal  vein,  as  it  may  perhaps  be 
now  conveniently  called,  ceases  to  join  it  directly,  but 
falls  into  one  of  its  branches  in  the  liver. 

The  vena  cava  inferior  joins  the  continuation  of  the 
ductus  venosus  in  front  of  the  liver,  and,  as  it  becomes 
more  important,  it  receives  directly  the  hepatic  veins 
which  originally  brought  back  blood  into  the  ductus 
venosus.  The  ductus  venosus  becomes  moreover  merely 
a  small  branch  of  the  vena  cava. 

At  the  close  of  foetal  life  the  allantoic  vein  becomes 
obliterated  up  to  its  place  of  entrance  into  the  liver; 
the  ductus  venosus  becomes  a  solid  cord — the  so-called 
round  ligament — and  the  whole  of  the  venous  blood  is 
brought  to  the  liver  by  the  portal  vein. 

Owing  to  the  allantoic  (anterior  abdominal)  vein 
having  merely  a  foetal  existence  an  anastomosis  between 
the  iliac  veins  and  the  portal  system  by  means  of  the 
anterior  abdominal  vein  is  not  established. 

The  supra-renal  bodies.  These  are  paired  bodies 
lying  anterior  to  the  kidneys  and  are  formed  of  two 
parts,  (1)  a  cortical  and  (2)  a  medullary  portion.  They 
first  appear  in  the  Rabbit  on  the  12th  or  13th  day  of 
gestation,  and  arise  as  masses  of  mesoblast  cells  lying 
between  the  aorta  and  the  mesentery  and  to  one  side  of 
the  former.  On  the  14th  day  they  are  well  marked, 
and  lying  dorsal  to  them  is  another  mass  of  cells  which 


414      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

is  found  to  be  continuous  with  the  sympathetic  nervous 
system. 

On  the  16th  day  processes  from  the  sympathetic 
mass  enter  the  mesoblastic  tissue  and  become  trans- 
formed into  the  medullary  portion  of  the  adult  supra- 
renal ;  while  the  mesoblastic  tissue  gives  rise  to  the 
cortical  layer, 

The  urinogenital  organs. 

The  history  of  these  organs  in  Mammalia,  excepting 
so  far  as  concerns  the  lower  parts  of  the  urinogenital 
ducts,  is  the  same  as  in  the  Chick. 

The  Wolffian  body  and  duct  first  appear,  and  are 
followed  by  the  Miillerian  duct  and  the  kidney.  The 
exact  method  of  development  of  the  latter  structures 
has  not  been  followed  so  completely  as  in  the  Chick; 
and  it  is  not  known  whether  the  peculiar  structures 
found. at  the  anterior  end  of  the  commencing  Miillerian 
duct  in  Aves  occur  in  Mammalia. 

The  history  of  the  generative  glands  is  essentially 
the  same  as  in  the  Chick. 

Outgrowths  from  a  certain  number  of  Malpighian 
bodies  in  the  Wolffian  body  are  developed  along  the 
base  of  the  testis,  and  enter  into  connection  with  the 
seminiferous  stroma.  It  is  not  certain  to  what  parts  of 
the  testicular  tubuli  they  give  rise,  but  they  probably 
form  at  any  rate  the  vasa  recta  and  rete  vasculosum. 
Similarly  intrusions  from  the  Malpighian  bodies  make 
their  way  into  the  ovary  of  the  female,  and  give  rise  to 
cords  of  tissue  which  may  persist  throughout  life. 

The  vasa  efferentia  (coni  vasculosi)  appear  to  be 
derived  from  the  glandular  tubes  of  part  of  the  Wolffian 


XII.]  GENITAL   CORD.  415 

body.  The  Wolffian  duct  itself  becomes  in  the  male  the 
vas  deferens  and  the  convoluted  canal  of  the  epididy- 
mis ;  the  latter  structure  except  the  head  being  entirely 
derived  from  the  Wolffian  duct. 

The  functionless  remains  of  the  embryonic  organs  described 
for  the  chick  (p.  224)  are  found  also  in  mammals. 

The  Miillerian  ducts  persist  in  the  female  as  the 
Fallopian  tubes  and  uterus. 

The  lower  parts  of  the  urinogenital  ducts  are  some- 
what further  modified  in  the  Mammalia  than  the  Chick. 

The  genital  cord.  The  lower  part  of  the  Wolffian 
ducts  becomes  enveloped  in  both  sexes  in  a  special  cord 
of  tissue,  known  as  the  genital  cord  (Fig.  1 40  gc),  within 
the  lower  part  of  which  the  Mulleriaii  ducts  are  also 
enclosed.  In  the  male  the  Miillerian  ducts  in  this  cord 
atrophy,  except  at  their  .distal  end  where  they  unite  to 
form  the  uterus  masculinus.  The  Wolffian  ducts,  after 
becoming  the  vasa  deferentia,  remain  for  some  time 
enclosed  in  the  common  cord  but  afterwards  separate 
from  each  other.  The  seminal  vesicles  are  outgrowths  of 
the  vasa  deferentia. 

In  the  female  the  Wolffian  ducts  within  the  genital 
cord  atrophy,  though  rudiments  of  them  are  for  a  long 
time  visible  or  even  permanently  persistent.  The  lower 
parts  of  the  Miillerian  ducts  unite  to  form  the  vagina 
and  body  of  the  uterus  while  the  upper  become  the 
horns  of  the  uterus  and  the  Fallopian  tubes.  The 
junction  commences  in  the  middle  and  extends  forwards 
and  backwards  ;  the  stage  with  a  median  junction  being 
retained  permanently  in  Marsupials. 

The  urinogenital  sinus  and  external  generative 
organs.  The  dorsal  part  of  the  cloaca  with  the  alimen- 


416      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.     [CHAP. 

tary  tract  becomes  partially  constricted  off  from  the 

ventral,  which  then  forms  a  urinogenital  sinus  (Fig.  140 

ug).     In  the  course  of  development   the   urinogenital 

FIG.  140. 


DIAGRAM  OF  THE  URINOGENITAL  ORGANS  OF  A  MAMMAL  AT 
AN  EARLY  STAGE.     (After  Allen  Thomson ;   from  Quain's 
Anatomy.) 
The  parts  are  seen  chiefly  in  profile,  but  the  Mlillerian  and 

Wolffian  ducts  are  seen  from  the  front. 

3.  ureter;  4.  urinary  bladder;  5.  urachus ;  ot.  genital  ridge 
(ovary  or  testis) ;  W.  left  Wolffian  body ;  x.  part  at  apex 
from  which  coni  vasculosi  are  afterwards  developed  ;  w. 
Wolffian  duct ;  m.  Miillerian  duct ;  gc.  genital  cord  consist- 
ing of  Wolffian  and  Miillerian  ducts  bound  up  in  a  common 
sheath  ;  i.  rectum  ;  ug.  urinogenital  sinus ;  cp.  elevation 
which  becomes  the  clitoris  or  penis ;  Is.  ridge  from  which  the 
labia  majora  or  scrotum  are  developed. 


XII.]       EXTERNAL  GENERATIVE  ORGANS.       417 

sinus  becomes,  in  all  Mammalia  but  the  Ornithodelphia, 
completely  separated  from  the  intestinal  cloaca,  and  the 
two  parts  obtain  separate  external  openings.  The 
ureters  (Fig.  140,  3)  open  higher  up  than  the  other 
ducts  into  the  stalk  of  the  allantois  which  here  dilates 
to  form  the  bladder.  That  part  of  the  stalk  which  con- 
nects the  bladder  with  the  ventral  wall  of  the  body 
constitutes  the  urachus,  and  loses  its  lumen  before  the 
close  of  embryonic  life.  The  part  of  the  stalk  of  the 
allantois  below  the  openings  of  the  ureters  narrows  to 
form  the  urethra,  which  opens  together  with  the  Wolffi an 
and  Mullerian  ducts  into  the  urogenital  cloaca. 

In  front  of  the  urogenital  cloaca  there  is  formed 
a  genital  prominence  (Fig.  140  cp)  with  a  groove  con- 
tinued from  the  urinogenital  opening,  and  on  each  side  a 
genital  fold  (Is).  In  the  male  the  sides  of  the  groove  on 
the  prominence  coalesce  together,  embracing  between 
them  the  opening  of  the  urinogenital  cloaca,  and  the 
prominence  itself  gives  rise  to  the  penis,  along  which  the 
common  urinogenital  passage  is  continued.  The  two 
genital  folds  unite  from  behind  forwards  to  form  the 
scrotum. 

In  the  female  the  groove  on  the  genital  prominence 
gradually  disappears,  and  the  prominence  remains  as  the 
clitoris,  which  is  therefore  the  homologue  of  the  penis : 
the  two  genital  folds  form  the  labia  majora.  The  urethra 
and  vagina  open  independently  into  the  common  uro- 
genital sinus. 

THE  ALIMENTARY   CANAL  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES. 

It  is  convenient  to  introduce  into  our  account  of  the 
organs  derived  from  the  hypoblast,  a  short  account  of 
F.  &  B.  27 


418      DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS   IN   MAMMALIA.    [CHAP. 

certain  organs  connected  with  the  alimentary  canal 
such  as  the  mesentery,  stomodaeum,  etc.,  which  are  not 
hypoblastic  in  origin. 

The  origin  of  the  hypoblast,  and  the  process  of 
folding  by  which  the  cavity  of  the  mesenteron  is 
established  have  already  been  described.  The  mesen- 
teron may  be  considered  under  three  heads. 

1.  The   anterior    or    respiratory    division    of  the 
mesenteron.      The  pharynx,  thyroid  body,  Eustachian 
tube,  tympanic  cavity,  oesophagus,  trachea,  bronchi,  lungs 
and  stomach  are  developed  from  this  portion,  and  their 
development  in  the  Mammal  so  closely  resembles  that  in 
the  Chick  that  it  is  unnecessary  for  us  to  add  to  the 
account  we  have  already  given  in  the  earlier  part  of  this 
work. 

This  section  of  the  alimentary  canal,  as  in  the  Chick, 
is  distinguished  in  the  embryo  by  the  fact  that  its  walls 
send  out  a  series  of  paired  diverticula  which  meet  the 
skin,  and,  after  perforation  has  been  effected  at  the 
regions  of  contact,  form  the  visceral  clefts. 

2.  The    middle  division   of  the  mesenteron,   from 
which  the  liver  and  pancreas  are  developed,  as  in  the 
Chick,  forms  the  intestinal  and  cloacal  region  and  is  at 
first  a  straight  tube.    It  remains  for  some  time  connected 
with  the  yolk  sack. 

The  Cloaca  appears  as  a  dilatation  of  the  mesen- 
teron which  receives,  as  in  Aves,  the  opening  of  the 
allantois  almost  as  soon  as  the  posterior  section  of 
the  alimentary  tract  is  established.  The  eventual 
changes  which  it  undergoes  have  already  been  dealt 
with  in  connection  with  the  urinogenital  organs. 

The  intestine.    The  posterior  part  of  this  becomes 


XII.]  THE   MESENTERY.  419 

enlarged  to  form  the  large  intestine,  while  the  anterior 
portion  becoming  very  much  elongated  and  coiled  forms 
the  small  intestine,  and  moreover  gives  rise  anteriorly 
to  the  liver  and  pancreas. 

From  the  large  intestine  close  to  its  junction  with  the  small 
intestine  an  outgrowth  is  developed,  the  proximal  part  of  which 
enlarges  to  form  the  ccecum,  while  the  distal  portion  in  Man 
forms  the  vermiform  appendix. 

3.  The  postanal  division  of  the  mesenteron  atro- 
phies at  an  early  period  of  embryonic  life.  In  the  Chick 
and  lower  types  it  communicates  for  a  short  time  with 
the  hind  end  of  the  neural  canal. 

Splanchnic  mesoblast  and  mesentery.  The  mesen- 
teron consists  at  first  of  a  simple  hypoblastic  tube,  which 
however  becomes  enveloped  by  a  layer  of  splanchnic 
mesoblast.  This  layer,  which  is  not  at  first  continued 
over  the  dorsal  side  of  the  mesenteron,  gradually  grows 
in,  and  interposes  itself  between  the  hypoblast  of  the 
mesenteron,  and  the  organs  above.  At  the  same  time 
it  becomes  differentiated  into  two  layers,  viz.  an  outer 
epithelioid  layer  which  gives  rise  to  part  of  the  peritoneal 
epithelium,  and  an  inner  layer  of  undifferentiated  cells 
which  in  time  becomes  converted  into  the  connective 
tissue  and  muscular  walls  of  the  mesenteron.  The 
connective  tissue  layers  are  first  formed,  while  of  the 
muscular  layers  the  circular  is  the  first  to  make  its 
appearance. 

Coincidently  with  the  differentiation  of  these  layers 
the  connective  tissue  stratum  of  the  peritoneum  becomes 
established. 

The  mesentery  is  developed  as  in  the  Chick  (p.  172). 
In  the  thoracic  region  it  is  hardly  if  at  all  developed. 

27—2 


420      DEVELOPMENT  OF  ORGANS  IN  MAMMALIA.   [CHAP. 

The  primitive  simplicity  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
mesentery  is  usually  afterwards  replaced  by  a  more  com- 
plicated disposition,  owing  to  the  subsequent  elongation 
and  consequent  convolution  of  the  intestine  and  stomach. 

The  layer  of  peritoneal  epithelium  on  the  ventral 
side  of  the  stomach  is  continued  over  the  liver,  and 
after  embracing  the  liver,  becomes  attached  to  the 
ventral  abdominal  wall.  Thus  in  the  region  of  the  liver 
the  body-cavity  is  divided  into  two  halves  by  a  mem- 
brane, the  two  sides  of  which  are  covered  by  the  peri- 
toneal epithelium,  and  which  encloses  the  stomach 
dorsally  and  the  liver  ventrally.  The  part  of  the  mem- 
brane between  the  stomach  and  liver  is  narrow,  and 
constitutes  a  kind  of  mesentery  suspending  the  liver 
from  the  stomach :  it  is  known  to  human  anatomists  as 
the  lesser  omentum. 

The  part  of  the  membrane  connecting  the  liver  with 
the  anterior  abdominal  wall  constitutes  the  falciform  or 
suspensory  ligament  of  the  liver.  It  arises  by  a  secondary 
fusion,  and  is  not  a  remnant  of  a  primitive  ventral 
mesentery  (vide  p.  264). 

The  mesentery  of  the  stomach,  or  mesogastrium, 
enlarges  in  Mammalia  to  form  a  peculiar  sack  known  as 
the  greater  omentum. 

The  stomodseum.  The  anterior  section  of  the  per- 
manent alimentary  tract  is  formed,  as  in  the  Chick,  by 
an  invagination  of  epiblast,  constituting  a  more  or  less 
considerable  pit,  with  its  inner  wall  in  contact  with  the 
blind  anterior  extremity  of  the  mesenteron. 

From  the  epiblastic  liniog  of  this  pit  are  developed 
the  pituitary  body  and  the  salivary  as  well  as  the  other 
buccal  glands. 


XII.]  THE   TEETH.  421 

FIG.  141. 


DIAGRAM  SHEWING  THE  DIVISION  OF  THE  PRIMITIVE  BUCCAL 
CAVITY  INTO  THE  RESPIRATORY  SECTION  ABOVE  AND  THE 
TRUE  MOUTH  BELOW.  (From  Gegenbaur.) 

p.  palatine  plate  of  superior  maxillary  process;  m.  permanent 
mouth;  n.  posterior  part  of  nasal  passage;  e.  internasal 
septum. 

A  palate  grows  inwards  from  each  of  the  superior 
maxillary  processes  (Fig.  141),  which,  meeting  in  the 
middle  line,  form  a  horizontal  septum  dividing  the  front 
part  of  the  stomodaeum  into  a  dorsal  respiratory  section, 
containing  the  opening  of  the  posterior  nares,  and  a 
ventral  cavity  forming  the  permanent  mouth.  These 
two  divisions  open  into  a  common  cavity  behind.  This 
septum  on  the  development  within  it  of  an  osseous 
plate  constitutes  the  hard  palate.  A  posterior  pro- 
longation in  which  no  osseous  plate  is  formed  consti- 
tutes the  soft  palate.  An  internasal  septum  (Fig.  141  e) 
may  more  or  less  completely  divide  the  dorsal  cavity 
into  two  canals,  continuous  respectively  with  the  two 
nasal  cavities. 

The  teeth  are  special  products  of  the  oral  mucous 
membrane.  They  are  formed  from  two  distinct  organs, 
viz.  an  epithelial  cap  and  a  connective  tissue  papilla, 


422        DEVELOPMENT   OF   ORGANS  IN  MAMMALIA.      [XII. 

which  according  to  most  authors  give  rise  to  the  enamel 
and  dentine  respectively. 

The  proctodsBUm.  The  cloacal  section  of  the  ali- 
mentary canal  is  placed  in  communication  with  the 
exterior  by  means  of  a  shallow  epiblastic  invagination 
constituting  the  proctodseum. 


APPENDIX. 


PRACTICAL     INSTRUCTIONS     FOB     STUDYING     THE     DE- 
VELOPMENT   OF    THE    CHICK. 

I.   A.  Incubators. 

OF  all  incubators,  the  natural  one,  i.e.  the  hen, 
is  in  some  respects  the  best.  The  number  of  eggs 
which  fail  to  develope  is  fewer  than  with  an  arti- 
ficial incubator,  and  the  development  of  monstrosi- 
ties is  rarer.  A  good  sitter  will  continue  to  sit 
for  thirty  or  more  days  at  least,  even  though  the 
eggs  are  daily  being  changed.  She  should  never 
be  allowed  to  want  for  water,  and  should  be  well 
supplied  according  to  her  appetite  with  soft  food. 
It  is  best  to  place  the  food  at  some  little  distance 
from  the  eggs,  in  order  that  the  hen  may  leave 
the  eggs  when  feeding.  She  will  sit  most  per- 
sistently in  a  warm,  quiet,  somewhat  darkened 
spot.  When  an  egg  is  placed  under  her,  the  date 
should  be  marked  on  it,  in  order  that  the  duration 
of  its  incubation  may  be  exactly  known.  When 
the  egg  is  intended  to  remain  for  some  time,  e.g. 
for  seven  days  or  more,  the  mark  should  be  bold 
and  distinct,  otherwise  it  will  be  rubbed  off. 


424  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APR 

On  the  whole  however  we  have  found  it  more 
convenient  to  use  a  good  artificial  incubator.  We 
have  ourselves  used  with  success  two  different 
incubators.  One  made  by  the  Cambridge  Scientific 
Instrument  Company,  and  the  other  by  Wiesnegg 
of  64,  Rue  Gay-Lussac,  Paris  (Fig.  65  in  his 
catalogue  for  1881).  We  have  had  the  longest  ex- 
perience with  the  former,  and  have  found  it  work 
exceedingly  well :  having  been  able  to  hatch  chicks 
without  more  attention  than  now  and  then  turning 
over  the  eggs. 

Both  these  incubators  consist  essentially  of  a 
large  water-bath  fitted  with  a  gas  regulator.  They 
are  both  perfectly  automatic  and  when  once  regu- 
lated require  no  further  attention. 

The  temperature  within  the  incubator  should 
be  maintained  at  from  37°  to  40°C.  A  rise  above 
40°  is  fatal ;  but  it  may  be  allowed  to  descend  to 
35°  or  in  the  young  stages  lower,  without  doing 
any  further  harm  than  to  delay  the  development. 

The  products  of  the  combustion  of  the  gas 
should  be  kept  as  much  as  possible  from  the  eggs, 
while  ou  supply  of  fresh  air  and  of  moisture  is 
essential. 

Tolerably  satisfactory  results  may  be  obtained  with 
an  ordinary  chemical  double- jacketed  drying  water-bath, 
thoroughly  covered  in  with  a  thick  coat  of  cotton  wool 
and  flannel  baize,  and  heated  by  a  very  small  gas-jet. 
If  the  vessel  be  filled  with  hot  water,  and  allowed  to  cool 
down  to  40°  or  thereabouts,  before  the  eggs  are  introduced, 
a  very  small  gas  flame  will  be  sufficient  to  maintain  the 
requisite  temperature.  A  small  pin-hole-nozzle,  giving 
with  ordinary  pressure  an  exceeding  narrow  jet  of  flame 
about  two  inches  high,  is  the  most  convenient.  By  turn- 
ing the  gas  off  or  on,  so  as  to  reduce  or  increase  the  height 


APP.]  HARDENING   EMBRYOS.  425 

of  the  jet  as  required,  a  very  steady  mean  temperature 
may  be  maintained. 

In  the  absence  of  gas,  a  patent  night-light  placed  at  a 
proper  distance  below  the  bath  may  be  made  to  answer 
very  well.  When  a  body  of  water,  once  raised  to  the 
necessary  temperature,  is  thoroughly  surrounded  with 
non-conducting  material,  a  very  slight  constant  amount  of 
heat  will  supply  all  the  loss. 


B.     On  preparing  sections  of  the  embryo. 
1.     HARDENING. 
a.      Picric  acid. 

We  find  this  reagent  the  most  satisfactory 
for  hardening  the  chick  and  in  most  instances 
mammalian  embryos. 

Klein enberg's  solution  of  picric  acid  is  the 
best. 

With  100  parts  of  water,  make  a  cold 
saturated  solution  of  picric  acid ;  add  to  this 
two  parts  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  or 
nitric  acid :  filter  and  add  to  the  filtrate  three 
times  its  bulk  of  water. 

In  this  solution  of  picric  acid1  the  embryo 
must  be  placed  and  left  for  from  2 — 5  hours. 
It  should  then  be  washed  in  alcohol  of  30  p.c. 
and  placed  in  alcohol  50  p.c.  for  one  hour. 
From  this  it  must  be  removed  into  alcohol 
of  70  p.c.  in  which  it  should  be  left  until 
all  the  picric  acid  is  extracted ;  to  facilitate 
this  the  70  p.c.  alcohol  should  be  frequently 
changed :  when  free  from  picric  the  embryo 

1  It  is  sometimes  advantageous  to  add  to  this  solution  of  picric 
acid  as  much  pure  kreasote  as  it  will  dissolve  (vide  Kleinenberg, 
'•Development  of  Earthworm,"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Mic.  Sci.  1879). 


426  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

should  be  placed  in  90  p.c.  alcohol  and  kept 
there  until  required  for  further  use. 

2sT.B.  Hardened  embryos  should  always  be 
kept  in  90  p.c.  spirit  and  only  placed  in  abso- 
lute before  imbedding,  or  staining  with  haema- 
toxylin. 

Some  histologists  prefer  to  keep  hardened  tissues 
in  alcohol  70  p.c. 

b.     Corrosive  sublimate. 

Place  the  embryo  in  a  large  quantity  of  a 
saturated  aqueous  solution  of  corrosive  subli- 
mate to  which  a  few  drops  of  glacial  acetic  acid 
have  been  added,  and  allow  it  to  remain  for 
half-an-hour1.  It  is  necessary  thoroughly  to  ex- 
tract the  corrosive  sublimate  from  the  cells  of  the 
embryo ;  to  accomplish  this,  wash  it  thoroughly 
with  water  for  from  10  minutes  to  3  hours  ac- 
cording to  the  size  of  the  object.  The  washing 
may  be  limited  to  frequent  changes  of  water  or 
the  embryo  may  be  placed  in  a  vessel  through 
which  a  continuous  stream  of  water  is  kept 
running.  "When  all  the  sublimate  is  removed, 
place  it  in  50  p.c.  alcohol  acidulated  with  nitric 
acid  (half-a-dozen  drops  of  acid  to  a  4  oz. 
bottle  of  spirit)  for  five  minutes.  The  preser- 
vation of  the  embryo  is  completed  by  treating 
it  with  70  p.c.  alcohol  for  twenty-four  hours  and 
then  keeping  it  in  90  p.c.  alcohol.  We  have 
not  found  that  corrosive  sublimate  gives  such 
good  results  as  picric  acid  in  the  case  of  chicks 
and  mammalian  embryos. 

1  If  there  is  only  a  small  quantity  of  acetic  acid  mixed  with  the 
sublimate,  a  prolonged  immersion  will  do  the  embryo  no  harm. 


APP.]         HARDENING  EMBRYOS.  427 

c.     Osmic  acid. 

Osmic  acid  is  a  difficult  reagent  to  use,  but 
when  properly  applied  it  gives  most  excellent 
results. 

It  should  be  used  as  a  weak  solution  ('I  to 
•5  p.c.).  The  object  should  be  left  in  it  until 
it  has  acquired  a  light  brown  tint.  The  stronger 
the  solution  the  less  time  is  required  for  the 
production  of  this  tint.  It  should  then  be 
removed  and  placed  in  picro- carmine,  which 
arrests  the  action  of  the  osmic  and  stains  the 
embryo.  The  time  required  for  the  picro-car- 
mine  staining  must  be  determined  by  practice. 
From  the  picro-carmine  the  object  must  be 
washed  in  70  p.c.  spirit;  and  then  placed  in 
90,  or  may  be  preserved  directly  in  glycerine. 

If  it  is  desired  to  use  other  staining  agents 
(borax-carmine  is  good  for  some  preparations), 
the  object  must  be  removed  from  osmic  into 
water  or  weak  spirit,  thence  through  50  into 
70  p.c.,  stained,  and  passed  through  70  to 
90  p.c.  spirit. 

d.  After  using  osmic  it  is  well  in  some  cases 

(mammalian  segmenting  ova)  to  place  the 
object  in  Miiller's  fluid  for  2  or  3  days,  after 
which  it  may  be  preserved  in  glycerine  or  spirit. 
Miiller's  fluid  is  made  by  dissolving  25  grms. 
of  bichromate  of  potash  and  10  grms.  of  sodic 
sulphate  in  1000  cc.  of  water. 

e.     With  chromic  acid. 

The  embryo  must  be  immersed  in  a  solution 
of  the  strength  of  *1  p.c.  for  24  hours.  From 
this  it  should  be  removed  and  placed  in  a  stronger 


428  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

solution  (-3  p.c.)  for  another  24  hours.  If  it 
then  appears  sufficiently  hard,  it  may  be  at 
once  placed  in  alcohol  of  70  p.c.,  in  which  it 
should  remain  for  one  day,  and  then  be  trans- 
ferred to  alcohol  of  90  p.c. 

f.  Absolute  alcohol  has  also  been  employed  as 

a  hardening  reagent,  but  is  by  no  means  so  good 
as  the  reagents  recommended  above. 

The  object  of  these  so-called  hardening  reagents  is 
to  kill  the  tissues  with  the  greatest  possible  rapidity 
without  thereby  destroying  them.  The  subsequent 
treatment  with  alcohol  completes  the  hardening  which 
is  only  commenced  by  these  reagents. 

There  is  room  for  the  exercise  of  considerable  skill 
in  the  use  of  alcohol,  and  this  skill  can  only  be  acquired 
by  experience.  A  few  general  rules  may  however  be 
laid  down. 

(1)  Tissues  should  not,  generally,  be  changed  from  water 
or  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  first  hardening  reagent 
into  an  alcoholic  solution  of  too  great  strength,  nor 
should  the  successive  solutions  of  alcohol  used  differ 
too  much  in  strength.     The  distortion  produced  by 
the  violence  and  inequality  of  the  diffusion  currents 
is  thus  diminished.      This  general  rule  should  be 
remembered  in  transferring  tissues  from  alcohol  to 
the  staining  agents  and  vice  versa. 

(2)  The  tissues  should  not  be  left  too  long  (more  than 
one  or  two  hours)  in  alcoholic  solutions  containing 
less  than  70  p.c.  of  alcohol. 

(3)  They  should  not  be  kept  in  absolute  alcohol  longer 
than  is  necessary  to  dehydrate  them  (see  B.  1,  p.  426). 
The  alcoholic  solutions  we  generally  use  contain  30, 
50,  70,  90  p.c.  of  alcohol. 

2.      STAINING. 

In  most  cases  it  will  be  found  of  advantage 
to  stain  the  embryo.  The  best  method  of  doing 


APR]  STAINING  EMBRYOS.  429 

this  is  to  stain  the  embryo  as  a  whole,  rather 
than  to  stain  the  individual  sections  after  they 
have  been  cut. 

We  have  found  hsematoxylin  and  borax- 
carmine  the  best  reagents  for  staining  embryos 
as  a  whole. 

a.      With  hsematoxylin. 

The  best  solution  of  hsematoxylin,  one  for 
which  we  are  indebted  to  Kleinenberg,  is  made 
in  the  following  way. 

(1)  Make  a  saturated  solution  of  crystallized  cal- 
cium  chloride   in   70  p. a  alcohol,  and   add 
alum  to  saturation. 

(2)  Make  also  a  saturated  solution  of  alum  in  70 
p.c.  alcohol,  and  add  1  to  2  in  the  proportion 
of  1   :  8. 

(3)  To  the  mixture  of  1  and  2  add  a  few  drops  of 
a  saturated  solution  of  hsematoxylin  in   ab- 
solute alcohol. 

(4)  It  is  often  the  case  that  hsematoxylin  solution 
prepared   in    this    way   has   not  the   proper 
purple  tint ;  but  a  red  tint.      This  is  due  to 
acidity  of   the  materials  used.      The  proper 
colour  can  be  obtained  by  treating  it  with 
some  alkaline  solution.     "We  have  found  it 
convenient  to  use  for  this  purpose  a  saturated 
solution   of   sodium   bi-carbonate  in  70  p.c. 
spirit.      (The   exact  amount   must  be  deter- 
mined by  experiment,  as  it  depends  upon  the 
amount  of  acid  present.) 

The  embryo  should  be  placed  for  some  hours 
in  absolute  alcohol,  before  staining  with  hse- 


430  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

matoxylin,  and  should  be  removed  directly  from 
absolute  into  the  haematoxylin. 

The  time  required  for  staining  varies  with 
the  size  of  the  object  and  the  strength  of  the 
staining  fluid.  Hsematoxylin  will  not  stain  if 
the  embryo  is  not  quite  free  from  acid. 

If  the  embryo  is  stained  too  dark,  it  should 
be  treated  with  a  solution  of  70  p.c.  alcohol 
acidulated  with  nitric  acid  (*25  p.c.  of  acid) 
until  the  excess  of  staining  is  removed;  and  in 
all  cases  the  hsematoxylin  staining  is  improved 
by  treating  the  embryo  with  acidulated  70  p.c. 
alcohol. 

After  staining  the  embryo  must  be  well 
washed  in  70  and  placed  in  90  p.c.  spirit. 

b.     With  borax-carmine. 

Make  an  aqueous  solution  of  2  to  3  p.c. 
carmine  and  4  p.c.  borax,  by  heating:  add  an 
equal  volume  of  70  p.c.  alcohol,  and  let  the 
mixture  stand  for  thirty-six  hours;  after  which 
carefully  filter. 

Stain  the  object  thoroughly  by  leaving  it  in 
this  solution  for  one  or  even  two  days;  it  will 
attain  a  dull  maroon  colour :  transfer  it  then  to 
acidulated  alcohol  (see  a)  until  it  becomes  a 
bright  red,  and  afterwards  keep  it  as  before  in 
90  p.c.  alcohol. 

This  staining  solution  permeates  more  tho- 
roughly and  uniformly  a  large  object  than  does 
hsematoxylin  :  therefore  when  a  four  or  five  day 
chick  is  to  be  stained,  borax-carmine  is  the  best 
staining  reagent  to  use.  Embryos  that  have 
been  preserved  in  corrosive  sublimate  will  be 


APP.]  STAINING   EMBRYOS.  431 

found  to  stain  more  thoroughly  in  this  than  in 
the  hsematoxylin  solution. 

c.  With  carmine. 

Beale's  carmine  or  some  alcoholic  solution  is 
the  best.  Into  this  the  embryo  may  be  removed 
directly  from  90  p.c.  alcohol,  left  for  24  hours, 
and  then  placed  again  in  alcohol  until  required. 

d.  With  picro-carmine. 

This  reagent  is  useful  as  will  be  seen  later 
for  staining  mammalian  segmenting  ova  and 
very  young  blastoderms ;  it  is  used  with  the 
greatest  success  after  hardening  in  osmic  acid. 

There  are  several  methods  of  making  picro- 
carmiue,  the  following  is  the  simplest,  and  we 
have  found  it  answer  our  purpose  fairly  well. 

To  a  solution  made  up  of  1  grm.  of  car- 
mine 4  cc.  of  liquor  ammonia  and  200  cc.  of 
distilled  water  add  5  grms.  of  picric  acid;  agitate 
the  mixture  for  some  minutes,  and  then  decant, 
leaving  the  excess  of  acid. 

The  decanted  fluid  must  remain  for  several 
days,  being  stirred  up  from  time  to  time;  even- 
tually evaporated  to  dryness  in  a  shallow  vessel, 
and  to  every  2  grms.  of  the  residue  add  100  cc. 
of  distilled  water. 

e.  With  alum  carmine. 

To  make  it,  boil  a  strong  aqueous  solution  of 
ammonia-alum  with  excess  of  carmine  for  10  to 
20  minutes,  filter,  and  dilute  the  filtrate  until 
it  contains  from  1  to  5  p.c.  of  alum.  Add  a 
few  drops  of  carbolic  acid  to  prevent  the  growth 
of  fungus. 


432  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APR 

Well  hardened  tissues  may  be  left  in  this 
aqueous  solution  for  24  hours.  It  is  especially 
good  for  staining  nuclei ;  as  a  rule  the  staining 
is  not  diffuse,  but  it  is  necessary  after  staining 
to  treat  with  acid  alcohol  (see  a). 

3.     IMBEDDING  AND  CUTTING  SECTIONS. 

It  is  not  possible  to  obtain  satisfactory  sec- 
tions of  embryos  without  employing  some 
method  of  imbedding,  and  using  a  microtome. 
Many  imbedding  solutions  and  methods  of  cut- 
ting sections  have  been  used,  but  we  find  the 
following  far  superior  to  any  other.  It  combines 
several  advantages  \  in  the  first  place  it  renders 
it  comparatively  easy  to  obtain,  what  is  so 
essential,  a  complete  consecutive  series  of  sec- 
tions of  the  embryo ;  and  secondly,  all  the  sec- 
tions when  mounted  are  in  the  same  relative 
position ;  and  the  various  parts  of  each  section 
retain  their  normal  position  with  regard  to 
each  other. 

a.      Imbedding. 

The  substance  we  prefer  for  imbedding  is 
paraffin.  As  will  be  seen  below  it  is  necessary 
to  have  at  hand  paraffins  of  various  melting 
points,  according  to  the  temperature  of  the 
room  at  the  time  when  the  sections  are  cut. 

It  will  be  found  most  convenient  to  obtain 
paraffins  of  the  highest  and  lowest  melting 
points  and  to  mix  them  together  as  experience 
dictates. 

Place  the  stained  embryo  in  absolute  alco- 
hol until  completely  dehydrated  (two  hours  is 
sufficient  for  small  embryos)  :  and  when  ready 


APP.]  IMBEDDING.  433 

to  imbed  soak  it  in  turpentine1  until  it  is  com- 
pletely saturated  :  and  transfer  it  thence  with  as 
little  turpentine  as  possible  to  a  dish  of  melted 
paraffin. 

In  cases  of  very  delicate  tissues,  it  is  better  to  use 
chloroform  instead  of  turpentine.  The  chloroform 
should  be  carefully  added  by  means  of  a  pipette  to  the 
absolute  alcohol  in  which  the  tissue  is  placed.  The 
chloroform  sinks  to  the  bottom  of  the  bottle  or  tube 
and  the  embryo,  which  at  first  lies  at  the  junction  of  the 
two  liquids,  gradually  sinks  into  the  chloroform.  When 
this  is  accomplished,  remove  all  the  absolute  with  a 
pipette  and  add  pieces  of  solid  paraffin  to  the  chloroform. 
Gently  warm  this  on  a  water  bath  till  all  the  chloroform 
is  driven  off  ;  then  imbed  in  the  usual  way. 

Care  must  be  taken  that  no  more  heat  is 
used  than  is  necessary  to  melt  the  paraffin  ;  for 
this  purpose  the  paraffin  should  be  warmed  over 
a  water  bath  the  temperature  of  which  is  kept 
constant  (from  50  to  60°C.  but  not  more  than 
60°C.). 

A  paraffin  melting  at  44°C.  is  of  the  proper  consistency 
for  cutting  when  the  temperature  of  the  room  is  15°C. 


With  care  a  porcelain  evaporating  dish  and 
a  gas  flame  may  be  made  to  answer,  but  the 
student  is  advised  not  to  imbed  without  a 
water  bath. 

The  embryo  may  be  left  in  the  paraffin  two, 
three  or  more  hours,  after  which  it  is  imbedded 
by  placing  it  along  with  the  melted  paraffin  in 
either  a  box.  made  by  bending  up  the  sides  and 
folding  in  the  corners  of  a  piece  of  stiff"  paper, 
or  what  is  better,  a  box  formed  by  two  L-shaped 

1  If  the  alcohol  is  not  quite  absolute  kreasote  should  be  used 
instead  of  turpentine. 

F.  &  B.  28 


PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS,  [APP. 

pieces  of  lead,  placed  on  a  glass  slide  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  enclose  a  space,  The  latter  is 
preferable  because  the  object  can  be  placed 
in  any  position  required  with  great  ease  by 
moving  it  with  a  hot  needle,  and  the  whole  can 
be  cooled  rapidly.  It  is  advisable,  at  any  rate  at 
first,  to  arrange  the  embryo  so  as  to  cut  it  into 
transverse  sections. 

When  cool  a  block  of  paraffin  is  formed,  in 
the  midst  of  which  is  the  embryo. 

Other  imbedding  agents  have  been  used.  The  best 
of  these  are,  (1)  pure  cocoa  butter ;  (2)  a  mixture  of 
spermaceti  and  castor  oil  or  cocoa  butter  (4  parts  of 
the  former  to  one  of  the  latter).  With  these  imbedding 
substances,  it  is  generally  necessary  to  moisten  the  razor, 
either  with  olive  oil  or  turpentine  and  ribbons  of  sec- 
tions cannot  be  made  (see  b). 

Cutting  sections. 

When  the  imbedding  block  is  cold  pare  away 
the  edges,  then  gradually  slice  it  away  until  the 
end  of  the  embryo  is  near  the  surface,  and 
place  it  in  a  microtome. 

The  microtome  we  are  most  accustomed  to  is 
a  ' sliding  microtome'  made  by  Jung  of  Heidel- 
berg ;  it  gives  excellent  results.  Recently  how- 
ever Messrs  CaldweH  and  Threlfall  have  designed 
an  automatic  microtome  which  has  been  used 
with  success  at  the  Cambridge  Morphological 
Laboratory  and  promises  to  effect  a  great  saving 
of  time  and  trouble  in  cutting  sections  (vide  p.  471 
and  Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Phil.  Soc.  1883). 
A  convenient  small  microtome  is  one  made  by 
Zeiss  of  Jena  (also  by  the  Cambridge  Scientific 
Instrument  Company),  in  which  the  object  is 
fixed  and  by  means  of  a  finely  divided  screw 


APP.]  CUTTING   SECTIONS.  435 

raised  through  a  hole  in  a  glass  plate,  across 
which  a  razor  held  in  the  hand  is  pushed.  We 
will  briefly  describe  the  method  of  manipulation 
for  the  small  microtome,  it  will  be  found  easily 
applicable  to  Jung's  sliding  microtome. 

The  paraffin  block  is  pared  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  edge  nearest  to  the  operator  and  that 
opposite  to  him  are  parallel.  A  dry  razor  is 
then  pushed  upon  the  glass  plate  over  the  hole 
through  which  the  block  of  paraffin  projects  up- 
wards, and  a  section  cut  which  remains  upon 
the  razor.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  edge  of 
the  razor  is  parallel  to  the  parallel  edges  of  the 
paraffin  block.  The  block  having  been  raised 
by  the  screw,  a  second  section  is  made  in  the 
same  way  and  on  the  same  part  of  the  razor  as 
the  first ;  in  consequence  of  which,  the  first 
section  will  be  pushed  backwards  by  the  second. 
Similarly  each  new  section  pushes  backwards 
those  already  made ;  and  a  ribbon  of  sections 
formed  which,  if  the  paraffin  is  of  the  right 
consistency,  will  adhere  firmly  together. 

Experience  must  teach  the  manipulator  how 
to  mix  the  paraffin  in  such  a  manner  that  it  is 
neither  too  hard  nor  too  soft ;  if  it  is  too  hard, 
the  sections  will  not  adhere  together  and  will 
curl  up  on  the  razor,  if  too  soft  they  will 
stick  to  the  razor  and  be  found  to  be  creased. 
When  it  is  not  possible  to  keep  the  temperature 
of  the  room  constant  it  will  be  found  convenient 
to  use  a  hard  paraffin,  and  when  necessary  to 
raise  the  temperature  by  means  of  a  lamp. 

The  paraffin  should  completely  surround  the 
embryo  and  fill  up  all  the  spaces  within  it. 

28—2 


436  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

c.     Mounting  sections. 

When  the  sections  are  cut,  place  them  in 
rows  on  a  slide  prepared  in  the  following  manner. 
Make  a  solution  of  white  shellac  in  kreasote 
by  heating,  and  let  it  be  of  the  consistency  of 
glycerine,  or  slightly  more  fluid.  With  a  camel's 
hair-brush  paint  a  very  thin  and  uniform  layer 
of  this  gum  over  the  slide  which  must  be  clean 
and  dry,  and  while  the  gum  is  wet  place  the  sec- 
tions in  rows  upon  it.  Now  place  the  slide  on  a 
water  bath  which  is  heated  up  to  the  melting 
point  of  the  paraffin.  The  sections  sink  down 
into  the  thin  layer  of  shellac  and  kreasote,  the 
kreasote  slowly  evaporates  and  the  shellac  be- 
coming hard  fixes  the  section  in  the  position  in 
which  it  was  placed  on  the  slide.  When  the 
kreasote  has  been  evaporated,  pour  turpentine 
carefully  upon  the  slide,  this  dissolves  the  pa- 
raffin and  clears  the  sections  which  may  at  once 
be  mounted  in  Canada  balsam. 

A  turpentine  or  chloroform  solution  of  Canada  balsam 
should  be  used. 

This  method  of  cutting  ribbons  of  sections 
was  first  introduced  by  Mr  Caldwell,  to  whom 
we  are  also  indebted  for  the  account  given  above 
for  mounting  sections  (vide  Note  B,  p.  471). 
The  latter  however  is  a  modification  and  im- 
provement of  Dr  Giesbrecht's  method.  (Zoolo- 
gischer  Anzeiger  No.  92,  1881.) 

C.     Preservation  of  the  embryo  as  a  whole. 

Chick  embryos  of  the  first  or  second  day  may  be 
easily  preserved  whole  as  microscopic  objects.  For 
this  purpose,  the  embryo,  which  has  been  preserved 


APP.]  OPENING   THE    EGG.  487 

in  the  ordinary  way  (B,  a)  should  be  stained  slightly, 
dehydrated,  soaked  in  oil  of  cloves  until  transparent 
and  mounted  in  balsam. 

Whole  embryos  of  a  later  date  cannot  be  satis- 
factorily preserved  as  microscopic  objects. 

PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  OBTAINING  AND  STUDYING 
CHICK  EMBRYOS. 

II.    Examination  of  a  36  to  48  hours1  embryo. 

The  student  will  find  it  by  far  the  best  plan  to  begin 
with  the  study  of  an  embryo  of  this  date.  The  manipu- 
lation is  not  difficult ;  and  the  details  of  structure  are 
sufficiently  simple  to  allow  them  to  be  readily  grasped. 
Earlier  embryos  are  troublesome  to  manage  until  some 
experience  has  been  gained;  and  the  details  of  later 
ones  are  so  many  as  to  render  it  undesirable  to  begin 
with  them. 

A.     Opening  tlie  Egg. 

Take  the  egg  warm  from  the  hen  or  the  incu- 
bator, and  place  it  (it  does  not  matter  in  what  posi- 
tion, since  the  blastoderm  will  at  this  stage  always 
be  found  at  the  uppermost  part  of  the  egg)  in  a 
small  basin  large  enough  to  allow  the  egg  to  be 
covered  with  fluid.  It  is  of  advantage,  but  not 
necessary,  to  place  at  the  bottom  of  the  basin  a 
mould,  e.g.  a  flat  piece  of  lead  with  a  concavity  on 
the  upper  surface,  in  which  the  egg  may  rest  securely 
without  rolling.  Pour  into  the  basin  so  much  of  a 
'75  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  chloride  warmed  to 
38°C.  as  will  cover  the  egg  completely.  With  a  sharp 
tap  break  through  the  shell  at  the  broad  end  over 
the  air-chamber,  and  let  out  as  much  air  as  has 
already  been  gathered  there.  Unless  this  is  done, 


438  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

the  presence  of  air  in  the  air-chamber  will  cause  the 
broad  end  to  tilt  up.  At  this  date  there  will  be 
very  little  air,  but  in  eggs  of  longer  incubation,  in- 
convenience will  be  felt  unless  this  plan  be  adopted. 

Instead  of  being  broken  with  a  blow,  the  shell 
may  be  filed  through  at  one  point,  and  the  opening 
enlarged  with  the  forceps;  but  a  little  practice  will 
enable  the  student  to  use  the  former  and  easier- 
method  without  doing  damage. 

With  a  blunt  pair  of  forceps,  remove  the  shell 
carefully  bit  by  bit,  leaving  the  shell-membrane 
behind;  begin  at  the  hole  made  at  the  broad  end, 
and  work  over  the  upper  part  until  about  a  third  or 
half  of  the  shell  has  been  removed. 

Then  with  a  finer  pair  of  forceps  remove  the 
shell-membrane;  it  will  readily  come  away  in  strips, 
torn  across  the  long  axis  of  the  egg  in  a  somewhat 
spiral  fashion.  The  yolk  and  embryo  will  now  come 
into  view. 

It  is  the  practice  of  some  simply  to  break  the  egg 
across  and  pour  the  yolk  and  white  together  into  a 
basin,  very  much  as  the  housewife  does.  We  feel 
sure,  however,  that  the  extra  trouble  of  the  method 
we  have  given  will  be  more  than  repaid  by  the 
results. 

During  this  time,  and  indeed  during  the  whole 
period  of  the  examination  of  the  embryo  in  situ,  the 
basin  and  its  contents  must  be  maintained,  either  by 
renewal  of  the  salt  solution,  or  by  the  basin  being 
placed  on  a  sand-bath,  at  about  38°C. 

B.     Examination  of  the  blastoderm  in  situ. 

This  may  be  done  with  the  naked  eye,  or  with  a 
simple  lens  of  low  power.  Observe  : — 


APP.]  REMOVAL   OF   THE   EMBRYO.  439 

1.  Lying  across  the  long  axis  of  the  egg,  the  pellucid 
area,  in  the  middle  of  which  the  embryo  may  be 
obscurely  seen  as  a  white  streak. 

2.  The  mottled  vascular  area,  with  the  blood-vessels 
just  beginning  to  be  formed. 

3.  The  opaque  area  spreading  over  the  yolk  with  the 
changes  in  the  yolk  around  its  periphery. 

4.  (With  a  simple  lens),  the  contractions  of  the  heart; 
perhaps  the  outlines  of  the  head   of  the  embryo 
may  be  detected. 

C.    Removal  of  the  embryo. 

Plunge  one  blade  of  a  sharp  fine  pair  of  scissors 
through  the  blastoderm,  just  outside  the  outer  margin 
of  the  vascular  area,  and  rapidly  carry  the  incision 
completely  round  until  the  circle  is  complete,  avoid 
as  much  as  possible  any  agitation  of  the  liquid  in  the 
basin. 

With  a  little  trouble,  the  excised  blastoderm  may 
now  be  floated  into  a  watch-glass,  care  being  taken  to 
keep  it  as  flat  as  possible.  With  a  pair  of  forceps  or 
with  a  needle,  aided  by  gentle  shaking,  remove  the 
piece  of  vitelline  membrane  covering  the  blastoderm. 

If  any  yolk  adheres  to  the  blastoderm,  it  may  with 
a  little  gentle  agitation  easily  be  washed  off.  Some- 
times it  is  of  advantage  to  suck  up  the  yolk  with  a 
glass  syringe,  replacing  the  fluid  removed  with  clean 
('75  p.c.)  salt  solution. 

The  blastoderm  should  now  be  removed  from  the 
watch-glass  to  a  microscopic  glass  slide ;  since  it  is 
difficult  in  the  former  to  prevent  the  edges  of  the 
blastoderm  from  curling  up. 


440  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

The  transference  may  easily  be  effected,  if  both 
the  watch-glass  and  slide  are  plunged  into  a  basin  of 
clean  warm  salt  solution.  With  a  little  care,  the 
blastoderm  can  then  be  floated  from  the  one  to  the 
other,  and  the  glass  slide,  having  the  blastoderm  with 
its  upper  surface  uppermost  spread  flat  upon  it,  very 
gently  raised  out  of  the  liquid. 

A  thin  ring  of  putty  may  now  be  placed  round 
the  blastoderm,  a  small  quantity  of  salt  solution 
gently  poured  within  the  ring,  and  the  whole  covered 
with  a  glass  slide,  which  may  be  pressed  down  until 
it  is  sufficiently  close  to  the  embryo.  The  presence 
of  any  air-bubbles  must  of  course  be  avoided. 

Provided  care  be  otherwise  taken  to  keep  the 
embryo  well  covered  with  liquid,  the  putty  ring  and 
the  coverslip  may  be  dispensed  with.  They  are  often 
inconvenient,  as  when  the  embryo  has  to  be  turned 
upside  down. 

The  object  is  now  re&dy  for  examination  with  a 
simple  lens  or  with  a  compound  microscope  of  low 
objective.  It  is  by  far  the  best  for  the  student  to 
begin  at  least  with  the  simple  lens.  In  order  that 
everything  may  be  seen  at  its  best,  the  slide  should 
be  kept  warmed  to  about  38°,  by  being  placed  on  a 
hot  stage. 

D.     Surface  view  of  the  transparent  embryo 
from  above. 

The  chief  points  to  be  observed  are : 

1.  The  head-fold. 

2.  The   indications   of  the    amnion;    especially   the 
false  amnion,  or  outer  amniotic  fold. 


APP.]  SURFACE   VIEW.  441 

3.  The  neural   tube :  the   line  of  coalescence  of  the 
medullary  folds,  the  first  cerebral  vesicle,  the  com- 
mencing   optic    vesicles,    the    indications    of    the 
second  and  third  cerebral  vesicles,  the  as  yet  open 
medullary  folds  at  the  tail  end. 

4.  The  heart  seen  dimly  through  the  neural  tube;  note 
its  pulsation  if  present. 

5.  The  fold  of  the  somatopleure  anterior  to  the  heart 
(generally  very  faintly  shewn). 

G.      The  fold  of  the   splanchnopleurt  (more  distinctly 
seen) :  the  vitelline  veins. 

7.  The  mesoblastic  somites. 

8.  Indications  of  the  vitelline  arteries. 

9.  The  as  yet  barely  formed  tail-fold. 

10.      The  commencing  blood-vessels  in  the  pellucid  and 
vascular  areas. 

E.    Surface  view  of  the  transparent  embryo  from 
below. 

The  coverslip  must  now  be  removed  and  the  glass 
slide  again  immersed  in  a  vessel  of  clean  salt  solu- 
tion. By  gently  seizing  the  extreme  edge  of  the 
opaque  area  with  a  pair  of  forceps,  no  difficulty  will 
be  found  in  so  floating  the  blastoderm,  as  to  turn  it 
upside  down,  and  thus  to  replace  it  on  the  slide  with 
the  under  surface  uppermost. 

The  points  which  most  deserve  attention  in  this 
view,  are : — 

1.      The  heart :  its  position,  its  union  with  the  vitelline 
veins,  its  arterial  end. 


442  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

2.  The  fold  of  the  splanchnopleure  marking  the  hind 
limit  of  the  gut ;  the  vitelline  veins  running  along 
its  wings. 

3.  The  mesoblastic  somites  on  each  side  of  the  neural 

canal  behind  the  heart;  farther  back  still,  the  ver- 
tebral plates  not  divided  into  somites. 

F.      The  examination  of  the  embryo  as  an  opaque 
object. 

This  should  never  be  omitted.  Many  points  in 
the  transparent  embryo  only  become  intelligible  after 
the  examination  of  it  as  an  opaque  object. 

Having  removed  the  putty  ring  and  coverslip,  if 
previously  used,  allow  the  blastoderm  so  far  to  be- 
come dry,  that  its  edge  adheres  to  the  glass  slide. 
Care  must  of  course  be  taken  that  the  embryo  itself 
does  not  become  at  all  dry.  Place  the  glass  slide 
with  the  blastoderm  extended  flat  on  it,  in  a  shallow 
vessel  containing  a  solution  of  picric  acid  (I.  B.). 

If  the  blastoderm  be  simply  immersed  by  itself  in 
the  picric  acid  solution,  the  edges  of  the  opaque 
area  will  curl  up  and  hide  much  of  the  embryo.  The 
method  suggested  above  prevents  these  inconveni- 
ences. 

The  embryo  thus  hardened  and  rendered  opaque 
by  immersion  in  the  acid  (a  stay  of  2  to  3  hours  in 
the  solution  will  be  sufficient)  may  be  removed  to  a 
watch-glass,  containing  either  some  of  the  solution,  or 
plain  water,  and  examined  with  a  simple  lens,  imder 
a  strong  direct  light.  The  compound  microscope  will 
be  found  not  nearly  so  advantageous  for  this  purpose 
as  the  simple  lens.  A  piece  of  black  paper  placed 
under  the  watch-glass,  will  throw  up  the  lights  and 


APP.]  SURFACE   VIEW.  443 

shadows  of  the  embryo,  with  benefit.  The  watch- 
glass  should  have  a  flat  bottom;  or  a  shallow  flat 
glass  cell  should  be  used  instead. 

a.  Looking  at  the  embryo  from  above,  observe : — 

1.  The  head-fold ;  the  head  distinctly  projecting  from 
the  plane  of  the  blastoderm,  and  formed  chiefly  by 
the  forebrain  and  optic  vesicles. 

2.  The    elevation  of   the    medullary   canal,  and  the 
indications  of  the  side  walls  of  the  embryo. 

3.  The  indications  of  the  tail. 

4.  The  Amnion  partly  covering  the  head.     Tear  it 
open  with  needles.     Observe  its  two  folds. 

b.  Having    turned    the    blastoderm   upside    down, 
observe  the  following  points,  looking  at  the  embryo 
from  below. 

1.  The  hinder   limit  of    the   splanchnopleure  in  the 
head-fold,    marking  the  hind  limits   of  the  fore- 
gut.    The  opaque  folds  now  conceal  the  head  almost 
entirely  from  view. 

2.  The   commencing  tail-fold,  and  the  shallow  boat- 
shaped  cavity  (of  the  alimentary  canal)  between  it 
and  the  head-fold. 

The  student  should  not  fail  to  make  sketches 
of  the  embryo,  both  as  a  transparent,  and  as  an 
opaque  object,  seen  from  below  as  well  as  from 
above.  These  sketches  will  be  of  great  service  to 
him  when  he  comes  to  study  the  sections  of  the 
same  embryo. 


444  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

G.     The  following  transverse  sections  will  perhaps  be 
the  most  instructive. 

Manipulation  as  in  I.  B.  3. 

1.  Through    the   optic    vesicles,    shewing   the    optic 
stalks. 

2.  Through    the    hind-brain,    shewing  the    auditory 


"o 
sacs. 


3.  Through  the  middle  of  the  heart,  shewing  its  re- 

lations to  the  splanchnopleure  and  alimentary  canal. 

4.  Through  the  point  of  divergence  of  the  splanch- 
nopleure folds,    shewing  the  venous  roots  of  the 
heart. 

5.  Through  the  dorsal  region,  shewing  the  medullary 
canal,  mesoblastic  somites  and  commencing  cleavage 
of  the  mesoblast. 

6.  Through  a  point  where  the  medullary  canal  is  still 
open,  shewing  the  mode  in  which  its  closing  takes 
place. 

Longitudinal  sections  should  also  be  made  and 

o 

compared  with  the  transverse  sections. 

III.     Examination  of  an  Embryo  of  about  48—50  hours. 

A.  Opening  the  egg — as  in  II.  A. 

B.  Examination  of  the  blastoderm  in  situ. 
Observe 

1.  Thejform  of  the  embryo,  which  is  much  more  dis- 
tinct than  at  the  earlier  stage. 

2.  The  beating  of  the  heart. 

3.  The  general  features  of  the  circulation. 


APP.J  TRANSPARENT   EMBRYO.  445 

C.  Removal  of  the  Embryo  from  the  yolk,  as   in 

II.  C. 

D.  Surface  view  of  the  transparent  embryo  from 

above. 
Notice  : — 

1.  General  form  of  the  embryo. 

a.  Commencing  cranial  flexure. 

b.  The  tail  and  side  folds. 

2.  Amnion.    Notice  the  inner  and  outer  (false  amnion) 
limbs  and  remove  them  with  a  needle.     When  the 
amnion   has   been   removed   the   features   of   the 
embryo  will  be  much  more  clearly  visible. 

3.  The  organs  of  sense. 

a.  Eye.     Formation    of    the    lens   already   nearly 
completed. 

b.  Auditory   involution,    now   a   deep   sac  with  a 
narrow  opening  to  the  exterior. 

4.  The  brain. 

a.  The  vesicles  of  the  fore-,  mid-,  and  hind-brsiui. 

b.  The  cerebral  vesicle. 

c.  The  cranial  flexure  taking  place   at   the   mid- 
brain. 

E.  Transparent  embryo  from  below. 
Manipulation  as  in  II.  E. 

Notice  : — 

1.  The  increase  of  the  head-folds  of  the  somatopleure 
and  splanchnopleure,  especially  the  latter,  and  the 
commencement  of  these  folds  at  the  tail. 


446  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

2.  The  now    as-shaped  heart ;  for  further  particulars 
vide  Chap.  iv. 

3.  The  commencing   1st  and  2nd  visceral  clefts  arid 
the  aortic  arches. 

4.  The  circulation  of  the  yolk  sac,  vide  Fig.  36.     Make 
out    all    the   points   there    shewn   and   ascertain 
by  examination  that  what  have  been  called  the 
veins  and  arteries  in  that  figure,  are  truly  such. 

F.  The  embryo  as  an  opaque  object, 
Treatment  as  in.  II.  F. 

FROM  ABOVE : 

Observe  the  amnion,  which  is  a  very  conspicuous 
object,  and  remove  it  with  needles  if  not  done  pre- 
viously.    The  external  form  of  the  brain  and   the 
auditory  sac  appear  very  distinctly. 
FROM  BELOW  : 

Observe  the  nature  of  the  head-  and  tail-folds, 
which  are  much  more  easily  understood  from  the 
opaque  than  from  the  transparent  embryos. 

Observe  also  the  alimentary  canal,  the  widely 
open  hind  end  of  the  fore-gut,  and  the  front  end  of 
the  as  yet  very  short  hind-gut. 

G.  Sections. 
Manipulation  as  in  I.  B.  3. 

The  more  important  sections  to  be  observed,  are 
1 .      Through  optic  lobes,  shewing : 

a.  The  formation  of  the  lens. 

b.  The  involution  of  the  primary  optic  vesicle. 

c.  The  constriction,  especially  from  above,  of  the 
optic  stalk. 


APP.]  THIRD   DAY   EMBRYO.  447 

2.  Through  auditory  sac,  shewing  : 

a.  Auditory  sac  still  open. 

b.  The  thin  roof  and  thick  sides  of  the  hind-brain. 

c.  Notochord. 

d.  Heart. 

e.  Closed  alimentary  canal. 

3.  Through  dorsal  region,  shewing  the  general  appear- 
ance of  a  section  of  an  embryo  at  this  stage,  which 
should  be  compared  with  a  similar  section  of  the 
earlier  stage. 

It  shews  : 

a.  The  commencement  of  the  side  folds;  the  ali- 
mentary canal  still  however  open  below. 

b.  The  "Wolffian  duct  lying  close  under  the  epiblast 
on  the  outside  of  the  mesoblastic  somites. 

c.  The  notochord  with  the  aortse  on  each  side. 

IY.     Examination  of  an  Embryo  at  the  end  of  the  third 

day. 

A.  Opening  the  egg,  as  in  II.  A. 

B.  Examination  of  the  blastoderm  in  situ. 
Observe : — 

1.  The  great  increase  of  the  vascular  area  both  in  size 
and  distinctness.     The  circulation  is  now  better 
seen  in  situ  than  after  the  blastoderm  has  been 
removed. 

2.  That  the  embryo  now  lies  completely  on  its  left 
side  and  that  it  is  only  connected  with  the  yolk-sac 
by  a  somewhat  broad  stalk. 


448  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

C.  Removal  of  the  embryo.    See  II.  C. 

It  is  now  unnecessary  to  remove  the  whole  of  the 
blastoderm  with  the  embryo ;  indeed  it  is  better  to 
cut  away  the  vascular  area  unless  it  is  wanted  for 
examination. 

D.  Surface  view  of  the  transparent  embryo. 

Since  the  embryo  now  lies  on  its  side  we  shall 
not  have  to  speak  of  the  view  from  above  and  below. 
The  views  from  the  two  sides  differ  chiefly  as  to  the 
appearance  of  the  heart. 

The  embryo  (freed  from  the  blastoderm  and  the 
amnion)  is  to  be  floated  on  to  a  glass  slide  in  the 
usual  way.  It  is  necessary  to  protect  it  while  under 
examination,  with  a  coverslip,  which  must  not  be 
allowed  to  compress  it.  To  avoid  this,  we  have  found 
it  a  good  plan  to  support  the  coverslip  at  one  end 
only,  since  by  moving  it  about  when  thus  supported, 
a  greater  or  less  amount  of  pressure  can  be  applied 
at  will  to  the  object. 

The  details  which  can  at  this  stage  be  seen  in  a 
transparent  embryo  are  very  numerous  and  we  re- 
commend the  student  to  try  and  verify  everything 
shewn  in  Fig.*  37.  Amongst  the  more  important  and 
obvious  points  to  be  noticed  are 

1.  The  increase  of  the  cranial  flexure  and  the  body- 
flexure. 

2.  The  condition  of  the  brain.     The  mid-brain  now 
forms  the  most  anterior  point  of  the  head. 

The  fore-brain  consists  of  the  inconspicuous 
vesicle  of  the  third  ventricle  and  the  two  large 
cerebral  lobes. 


APR]  OPAQUE  EMBRYO.  449 

The  hind-brain  consists  of  a  front  portion,  the 
cerebellum  with  a  thickened  roof;  and  a  hinder 
portion,  the  fourth  ventricle  with  a  very  thin  and 
delicate  roof. 

3.  Organs  of  sense. 

The  eye  especially  is  now  in  a  very  good  state 
to  observe.  The  student  may  refer  to  Fig.  51, 
and  the  description  there  given. 

The  ear-vesicle  will  be  seen  either  just  closing 
or  completely  closed. 

4.  In  the  region  of  the  heart  attention  must  also  be 
paid  to : 

a.  The  visceral  clefts. 

b.  The  investing-mass,  Le.  the  growth  of  mesoblast 
taking  place  around  the  end  of  the  notochord. 

c.  The  condition  of  the  heart. 

5.  In  the  region  of  the  body  the  chief  points  to  be 
observed  are : 

a.  The  increase  in  the  number  of  the  somites. 

b.  The  Wolfflan  duct,  which  can  be  seen  as  a  streak 
along  the  outer  side  of  the  hinder  somites. 

c.  The  attantois,  which  is  now  a  small  vesicle  lying 
between   the   folds    of    the   somatopleure    and 
splanchnopleure  at  the  hind  end  of  the  body,  but 
as  yet  hardly  projects  beyond  the  body  cavity. 

E.     The  embryo  as  an  opaque  object. 
Preparation  as  in  II.  F. 

The  general  form  of  the  embryo  can  be  very  satis- 
factorily seen  when  it  is  hardened  and  examined  as  an 
opaque  object;  but  the  most  important  points  to  be 
F.  &  B.  29 


450  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

made  out  at  this  stage  in  the  hardened  specimens  are 
those  connected  with  the  visceral  clefts  and  folds  and 
the  mouth. 

If  the  amnion  has  not  been  removed  it  will  be 
necessary  to  pick  it  completely  away  with  needles. 
Without  further  preparation  a  view  of  the  visceral 
folds  and  clefts  may  be  obtained  from  the  side ;  but 
a  far  more  instructive  view  is  that  from  below,  in 
order  to  gain  which  the  following  method  may  be 
adopted. 

Pour  a  small  quantity  of  melted  black  wax  (made 
by  mixing  together  lampblack  and  melted  wax)  into 
a  watch-glass,  using  just  enough  to  cover  the  bottom 
of  the  glass.  While  still  soft  make  a  small  depression 
in  the  wax  with  the  rounded  end  of  a  pen-holder  or 
handle  of  a  paint-brush  and  allow  the  wax  to  cool. 
In  the  meantime  cut  off  the  head  of  the  hardened 
embryo  by  a  sharp  clean  transverse  incision  carried 
just  behind  the  visceral  clefts,  transfer  it  to  the 
watch-glass  and  cover  it  with  water  or  spirit.  By  a 
little  manipulation  the  head  of  the  embryo  may  now 
be  shifted  into  the  small  depression  in  the  wax, 
and  thus  be  made  to  assume  any  required  position. 
It  should  then  be  examined  with  a  simple  lens 
under  a  strong  reflected  light,  and  a  drawing  made 
of  it. 

When  the  head  is  placed  in  the  proper  position, 
the  following  points  may  easily  be  seen. 

1.  The  opening  of  the  mouth  bounded  below  by  the 
first  pair  of  visceral  folds,  and  commencing  to  be 
enclosed  above  by  the  now  very  small  buds  which 
are  the  rudiments  of  the  superior  maxillary  pro- 
cesses. Compare  Fig.  56. 


FOURTH  DAY  EMBRYO.  451 

2.  The  second  and  third  visceral  arches  and  clefts. 

3.  The  nasal  pits. 

F.    Sections.     Manipulation  as  in  I.  B.  3. 
The  most  important  sections  are  : — 

1.  Through  the  eyes  in  the  three  planes,  vide  Fig.  50, 
A.  B.  C. 

2.  •    Through  the  auditory  sac. 

3.  Through  the  dorsal  region,   shewing  the  general 
changes  which  have  taken  place. 

Amongst  these,  notice 

a.  The  changes  of  the  mesoblastic  somites:  the  com- 
mencing formation  of  the  muscle -plates. 

b.  The  position  of  the  Wolffian  duct  and  the  forma- 
tion of  the  germinal  epithelium. 

c.  The  aortce  and  the  cardinal  veins. 

d.  The  great  increase  in  depth  and  relative  diminu- 
tion in  breadth  of  the  section. 

V.    Examination  of  an  Embryo  of  the  Fourth  Day. 

A.  Opening  the  egg,  as  in  II.  A. 

Great  care  will  be  required  not   to  injure    the 
embryo,  which  now  lies  close  to  the  shell-membrane. 

B.  Examination  in  situ.    Observe: — 

1.  The  now  conspicuous  amnion. 

2.  The  allantois,  a  small,  and  as  yet  hardly  vascular 
vesicle,  beginning  to  project  from  the  embryo  into 
the  space  between  the  true  and  the  false  anmion. 

3.  The  rapidly  narrowing  somatic  stalk. 

29—2 


452  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

C.  Removal  of  the  embryo,  as  in  II.  C.  and  IV.  C. 

The  remarks  made  in  the  latter  place  apply  with 
still  greater  force  to  an  embryo  of  the  fourth  and 
succeeding  days. 

D.  Surface  mew  of  the  transparent  embryo.      For 
manipulation,  vide  IV.  D. 

The  points  to  be  observed  are  : — 

1.  The   formation   of   the  fifth,   seventh,   and   ninth 
cranial  nerves. 

To  observe  these,  a  small  amount  of  pressure 
is  advantageous. 

2.  The  formation  of  the  fourth  visceral  cleft,  and  the 
increase  in  size  of  the  superior  maxillary  process. 

3.  The  formation  of  the  nasal  pits  and  grooves. 

4.  The  great  relative  growth  of  the  cerebral  lobes  and 
the  formation  of  the  pineal  gland  from  the  roof  of 
the  vesicle  of  the  third  ventricle. 

5.  The  great  increase  in  the  investing  mass. 

6.  The  formation  and  growth  of  the  muscle-plates, 
which  can  now  be  easily  seen  from  the  exterior. 

7.  The  allantois.     Make  out  its  position  and  mode  of 
opening  into  the  alimentary  canal. 

E.  The  embryo  as  an  opaque  object.  Manipulation 
as  II.  F.  For  mode  of  examination  vide 
IV.  E. 

The  view  of  the  mouth  from  underneath,  shewing 
the  nasal  pit  and  grooves,  the  superior  and  inferior 
maxillary  processes  and  the  other  visceral  folds  and 
clefts,  is  very  instructive  at  this  stage.  Compare 
Fig.  69. 


APP.]  TWENTY  HOURS  EMBRYO.  453 

F.    Sections.     Manipulation  as  in  I.  B.  3. 
The  most  important  sections  are, 

1.  Through  the  eyes. 

2.  Transverse  section  immediately  behind  the  visceral 
arches,  shewing  the  origin  of  the  lungs. 

3.  Transverse  section  just  in  front  of  the  umbilical 
stalk,  shewing  the  origin  of  the  liver. 

4.  Transverse   section   at   about  the   centre   of   the 
dorsal  region,  to  shew  the  general  features  of  the 
fourth  day.     Compare  Fig.  68. 

Amongst  the  points  to  be  noticed  in  this  section,  are 

a.  Muscle-plates. 

b.  Spinal  nerves  and  ganglia. 

c.  Wolffian  duct  and  bodies. 

d.  Miiller's  duct. 

e.  Mesentery. 

f.  Commencing  changes  in  the  spinal  cord. 

5.  Section  passing  through  the  opening  of  the  allan- 
tois  into  the  alimentary  canal. 

For  the  points  to  be  observed  in  embryos  of 
the  fifth  and  sixth  days,  the  student  must  consult 
the  chapters  devoted  to  those  days. 

In  the  hardened  specimens,  especial  attention 
should  be  paid  to  the  changes  which  take  place  in 
the  parts  forming  the  boundaries  of  the  mouth. 

VI.      Examination  of  a  Blastoderm  of  20  hours. 

A.  Opening  the  egg,  as  in  II.  A. 

B.  Examination  in  situ. 

It  will  not  be  found  possible  to  make  out  anything 
very  satisfactory  from  the  examination  of  a  blasto- 


454  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

derm  in  situ  at  this  age.  The  student  will  however 
not  fail  to  notice  the  halones,  which  can  be  seen 
forming  concentric  rings  round  the  blastoderm. 

C.  Removal  of  the  embryo. 

Two  methods  of  hardening  can  be  adopted  at 
this  age.  One  of  these  involves  the  removal  of  the 
blastoderm  from  the  yolk,  as  in  II.  C.  In  the  other 
case,  the  yolk  is  hardened  as  a  whole.  If  the  latter 
method  be  employed,  the  embryo  cannot  be  viewed 
as  a  transparent  object. 

In  the  cases  where  the  blastoderm  is  removed 
from  the  yolk,  the  manipulation  is  similar  to  that 
described  under  II.  C,  with  the  exception  of  more 
care  being  required  in  freeing  the  blastoderm  from 
the  vitelline  membrane. 

D.  Surface  view  transparent,  from  above. 
Observe  : — 

1.  The  medullary  groove  between  the  two  medullary 
folds,  whose  hind  ends  diverge  to  enclose  between 
them  the  end  of  the  primitive  groove. 

2.  The  head-fold  at  the  end  of  the  medullary  groove. 

3.  The  one  or  two  pairs  of  mesoblastic  somites  flanking 
the  medullary  groove. 

4.  The  notochord  as  an  opaque  streak  along  the  floor 
of  the  medullary  groove. 

E.  Surface  view  transparent \  from  below. 

Same  points  to  be  seen  as  from  above,  but  less 
clearly. 


APP.]  TWENTY  HOUKS   EMBRYO.  455 

F.  Embryo  as  an  opaque  object. 

As  an  opaque  object,  whether  the  embryo  is  hard- 
ened in  situ  or  after  being  removed  from  the  yolk, 
the  same  points  are  to  be  seen  as  when  it  is  viewed 
as  a  transparent  object,  with  the  exception  of  the 
notochord  and  mesoblastic  somites  (vide  D).  The 
various  grooves  and  folds  are  however  seen  with  far 
greater  clearness. 

G.  Sections. 

Two  methods  of  hardening  may  be  employed ; 
(1)  with  the  embryo  in  situ,  (2)  after  it  has  been 
removed. 

To  harden  the  blastoderm  in  situ  the  yolk  must 
be  hardened  as  a  whole.  After  opening  the  egg  either 
leave  the  yolk  in  the  egg-shell  or  pour  it  out  into  a 
Berlin  capsule ;  in  any  case  freeing  it  as  much  as 
possible  from  the  white,  and  taking  especial  care  to 
remove  the  more  adherent  layer  of  white  which  im- 
mediately surrounds  the  yolk. 

Place  it  in  picric  acid  or  a  weak  solution  of  chromic 
acid  (first  of  '1  p.c.  and  then  of  '5  p.c.)  with  the 
blastoderm  uppermost  and  leave  it  in  that  position 
for  two  or  three  days. 

Care  must  be  taken  that  the  yolk  does  not  roll 
about ;  the  blastoderm  must  not  be  allowed  to  alter 
its  position  :  otherwise  it  may  be  hard  to  find  it  when 
everything  has  become  opaque.  If  at  the  end  of  the 
second  day  the  blastoderm  is  not  sufficiently  hard, 
the  strength  of  the  solution,  if  chromic  acid  be  used, 
should  be  increased  and  the  specimen  left  in  it  for 
another  day. 

After  it  has  become  hardened  by  the  acid,  the 
yolk  should  be  washed  with  water  and  treated  sue- 


456  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APR 

cessively  with  weak  and  strong  spirit,  vide  I.  B. 
After  it  has  been  in  the  strong  spirit  (90  p.c.)  for  two 
days,  the  vitelline  membrane  may  be  safely  peeled  off 
and  the  blastoderm  and  embryo  will  be  found  in 
situ.  The  portion  of  the  yolk  containing  them  must 
then  be  sliced  off  with  a  sharp  razor,  and  placed  in 
absolute  alcohol. 

The  staining,  <fec.  may  be  effected  in  the  ordinary 
way. 

If  osmic  acid,  which  we  believe  will  be  found 
serviceable  for  these  ear]y  stages,  is  employed,  it  will 
be  necessary  to  remove  the  blastoderm  from  the  yolk 
before  treating  it  with  the  reagent. 

The  following  transverse  sections  are  the  most  im- 
portant at  this  stage  : 

1.  Through  the  medullary  groove,  shewing 

a.  The  medullary  folds  with  the  thickened  meso- 
blast. 

b.  The  notochord  under  the  medullary  groove. 

c.  The  commencing  cleavage  of  the  mesoblast. 

2.  Through   the  region  where   the   medullary   folds 
diverge,  to  enclose  the  end  of  the  primitive  groove, 
shewing  the  greatly  increased  width  of  the  medul- 
lary groove,  but  otherwise  no  real  alteration  in 
the  arrangement  of  the  parts. 

3.  Through  the  front  end  of  the  primitive  groove 
with  the  so-called  axis  cord  underneath  it,  while 
on  each  side  of  it  are  still  to  be  seen  the  medul- 
lary folds. 

4.  Through  the  primitive  groove  behind  this  point, 
shewing  the  typical  characters  of   the  primitive 
groove. 


APP.]  UNINCUBATED   BLASTODERM.  457 

VII.     Examination  of  an  unincubated  Blastoderm. 

A.  Opening  the  egg.     Vide  II.  A. 

B.  Examination  of  the  blastoderm  in  situ. 

Observe  the  central  white  spot  and  the  peripheral 
more  transparent  portion  of  the  blastoderm  and  the 
halones  around  it. 

C.  Removal  of  the  blastoderm.     Vide  VI.  C. 

With  the  unincubated  blastoderm  still  greater  care 
is  required  in  removal  than  with  the  20  hours'  blasto- 
derm, and  there  is  no  special  advantage  in  doing  so 
unless  it  is  intended  to  harden  it  with  osmic  acid. 

D.  Surface  view  transparent  from  above. 
Observe  the  absence  of  the  central  opacity. 

E.  Surface  view  transparent  from  underneath. 
Nothing  further  to  be  observed  than  from  above. 

F.  As  an  opaque  object. 

There  is  nothing  to  be  learnt  from  this. 

G.  Sections. 
Manipulation  as  in  VI.  G. 
The  sections  shew 

a.  The  distinct  epiblast. 

b.  The  lower  layer  cells  not  as  yet  differentiated 
into  mesoblast  and  hypoblast. 

c.  The  thickened  edge  of  the  blastoderm. 

d.  The  segmentation  cavity  and  formative  cells. 


458  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

VIII.  Examination  of  the  process  of  Segmentation. 

To  observe  the  process  of  segmentation  it  will  be 
found  necessary  to  kill  a  number  of  hens  which  are 
laying  regularly.  The  best  hens  lay  once  every  24 
hours,  and  by  observing  the  time  they  usually  lay  (and 
they  generally  lay  pretty  regularly  about  the  same 
time),  a  fair  guess  may  be  made  beforehand  as  to 
the  time  the  egg  has  been  in  the  oviduct.  By  this 
means  a  series  of  eggs  at  the  various  stages  of  seg- 
mentation may  usually  be  obtained  without  a  great 
unnecessary  sacrifice  of  hens.  For  making  sections, 
the  yolk  must  in  all  cases  be  hardened  as  a  whole, 
which  may  be  done  as  recommended  in  VI.  G. 
Chromic  acid  is  an  excellent  reagent  for  this  and 
it  will  be  found  very  easy  to  make  good  sections. 

In  the  sections  especial  attention  should  be  paid, 

1.  To  the  first  appearance  of  nuclei  in  the  segments, 
and  their  character. 

2.  To  the  appearance  of  the  horizontal  furrows. 

3.  As  to  whether  new  segments  continue  to  be  formed 
outside  the  limits  of  the  germinal  disc,  or  whether 
the  fresh  segmentation  merely  concerns  the  already 
formed  segments. 

4.  In   the   later  stages,  to  the   smaller  central  and 
larger  peripheral  segments,  both  containing  nuclei. 

For  surface  views,  the  germinal  disc,  either 
fresh  or  after  it  has  been  hardened,  can  be  used. 
In  both  cases  it  should  be  examined  by  a  strong 
reflected  light.  The  chief  point  to  be  noticed  is 
the  more  rapid  segmentation  of  the  central  than  of 
the  peripheral  spheres. 


APP.]  STUDY  OF  BLOOD-VESSELS.  459 

IX.  Examination  of  the  later  changes  of  the  Embryo. 

For  the  later  stages,  and  especially  for  the  deve- 
lopment of  the  skull  and  the  vascular  system  of  the 
body  of  the  chick,  it  will  be  found  necessary  to  dissect 
the  embryo.  This  can  be  done  either  with  the  fresh 
embryo  or  more  advantageously  with  embryos  which 
have  been  preserved  in  spirit. 

If  the  embryos  are  placed  while  still  living  into 
spirit  a  natural  injection  may  be  obtained.  And  such 
an  injection  is  the  best  for  following  out  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  blood-vessels. 

Sections  of  course  will  be  available  for  study, 
especially  when  combined  with  dissections. 

X.  Study  of  the  development  of  the  Blood-vessels. 

Observations  on  this  subject  must  be  made  with 
blastoderms  of  between  30 — 40  hours.  These  are  to 
be  removed  from  the  egg,  in  the  usual  way  (vide  II. 
A.  and  C.),  spread  out  over  a  glass  slip  and  examined 
from  below,  vide  II.  E. 

The  blastoderm  when  under  examination  must  be 
protected  by  a  coverslip  with  the  usual  precautions 
against  pressure  and  evaporation,  and  a  hot  stage 
must  also  be  employed. 

Fresh  objects  so  prepared  require  to  be  examined 
with  a  considerable  magnifying  power  (400  to  800 
diameters).  From  a  series  of  specimens  between  30 
and  40  hours  old  all  the  points  we  have  mentioned 
in  Chapter  iv.  p.  92,  can  without  much  difficulty  be 
observed. 

Especial  attention  should  be  paid  in  the  earlier 
specimens  to  the  masses  of  nuclei  enveloped  in  pro- 
toplasm and  connected  with  each  other  by  proto- 


460  PKACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

plasmic  processes;  and  in  the  later  stages  to  the 
breaking  up  of  these  masses  into  blood  corpuscles 
and  the  conversion  of  the  protoplasmic  processes 
into  capillaries,  with  cellular  walls. 

Blastoderms  treated  in  the  following  ways  may 
be  used  to  corroborate  the  observations  made  on  the 
fresh  ones. 

With  gold  chloride. 

Immerse  the  blastoderm  in  gold  chloride  (-5  p.c.) 
for  one  minute  and  then  wash  with  distilled  water 
and  mount  in  glycerine  and  examine. 

By  this  method  of  preparation,  the  nuclei  and 
protoplasmic  processes  are  rendered  more  distinct, 
without  the  whole  being  rendered  too  opaque  for 
observation. 

The  blastoderm  after  the  application  of  the  gold 
chloride  should  become  a  pale  straw  colour;  if  it 
becomes  in  the  least  purple,  the  reagent  has  been 
applied  for  too  long  a  time. 

With  potassium  bichromate. 

Immerse  in  a  1  p.c.  solution  for  one  day  and  then 
mount  in  glycerine. 

With  osmic  acid. 

Immerse  in  a  *5  p.c.  solution  for  half  an  hour  and 
then  in  absolute  alcohol  for  a  day,  and  finally  mount 
in  glycerine. 

PKACTICAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  OBTAINING  AND  STUDYING 
MAMMALIAN  EMBRYOS. 

XI.      Animals  and  breeding. 

For  class  work  the  Rabbit  is  the  most  convenient 
animal  from  which  to  obtain  embryos,  it  will  breed 


APP.]  MAMMALIAN   SEGMENTING  OVA.  461 

freely  in  the  early  spring  months  of  the  year  and  will 
give  ample  opportunity  for  the  student  to  observe  the 
exact  time  when  the  female  is  covered.  A  number 
of  does  should  be  kept  together  in  a  large  pen,  and 
two  or  three  bucks  in  separate  small  cages  also  placed 
within  the  pen ;  at  the  period  of  heat,  the  doe  should 
be  temporarily  placed  with  the  buck  and  the  exact 
time  of  copulation  noted,  the  age  of  the  embryo 
being  calculated  from  that  hour. 

XII.     Examination  of  segmenting  ova. 

It  will  be  well  to  mention  here  that  although 
a  doe  may  have  been  satisfactorily  covered,  embryos 
are  not  always  obtained  from  her.  A  superficial 
examination  of  the  ovaries  will  determine  whether  or 
no  fertilized  ova  are  present.  If  ova  have  been 
recently  dehisced  from  the  ovary,  the  Graafian  follicles 
from  which  they  were  discharged  will  be  found  to  be 
of  a  distinctly  red  colour.  In  case  no  such  '  corpora 
lutea '  as  they  are  called  are  present  further  search  is 
useless. 

A.     To  obtain  ova  from  i  to  60  hours  old. 

Cut  open  the  abdomen  from  pubis  to  sternum, 
and  from  the  pubis  round  the  thigh  of  each  side,  and 
turn  back  the  flaps  of  the  body  wall  so  formed. 
Remove  the  viscera  and  observe  below  (dorsal)  the 
single  median  vagina,  from  the  anterior  end  of  which 
the  uterine  horns  diverge. 

Observe  at  the  anterior  end  of  each  uterine  horn 
a  small  much  coiled  tube,  the  oviduct  (Fallopian 
tube)  near  the  anterior  end  of  which  a  little  below 
the  kidney  lies  the  ovary.  Cut  out  the  uterus  and 
oviduct  together  and  lay  them  in  a  small  dissecting 


462  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

dish.  Carefully  stretch  out  the  oviduct  by  cutting 
the  tissue  which  binds  it,  and  separating  it  from 
the  uterus,  taking  care  to  obtain  its  whole  length, 
lay  it  upon  a  glass  slide. 

With  the  aid  of  a  lens  it  is  frequently  possible  to 
distinguish  the  ovum  or  ova,  through  the  wall  of  the 
oviduct.  In  this  case  cut  a  transverse  slit  into  the 
lumen  of  the  duct  with  a  fine  pair  of  scissors  a  little 
to  one  side  of  an  ovum ;  press  with  a  needle  upon 
the  oviduct  on  the  other  side  of  the  ovum,  which  will 
glide  out  through  the  slit,  and  can  be  with  ease  trans- 
ported upon  the  point  of  a  small  scalpel,  or  what  is 
better  spear-headed  needle.  In  case  the  ovum  cannot 
be  distinguished  in  the  oviduct  by  superficial  obser- 
vation, the  latter  must  be  slit  up  with  a  fine  pair  of 
scissors,  when  it  will  easily  be  seen  with  the  aid  of  an 
ordinary  dissecting  lens. 

B.     Treatment  of  the  ovum. 

The  ovum  may  be  examined  fresh  in  salt  solution, 
it  is  however  more  instructive  when  preserved  and 
stained  in  the  following  manner. 

a.  Immerse  it  in  a  \  p.c.  solution  of  osmic  acid  for 
5  or  even  10  minutes,  transfer  it  thence  to 
the  picrocarmine  solution  described  above  (I). 
After  staining  the  ovum  should  then  be  washed 
in  distilled  water  and  placed  in  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  glycerine  in  a  watch-glass — half  gly- 
cerine, half  water.  It  should  be  allowed  to 
remain  thus  under  a  bell  jar  for  several  days 
(7  to  14  or  longer)  in  a  warm  room  until  the 
water  has  evaporated.  By  this  means  shrinkage 
and  distortion  are  avoided,  the  glycerine  becoming 


APP.]  EXAMINATION  OF   OVUM.  463 

very  gradually  more  and  more  dense.  It  should 
be  mounted  in  glycerine  in  which  1  p.c.  formic 
acid  has  been  mixed  to  prevent  fungoid  growths. 
Care  must  be  taken  that  there  is  no  pressure 
upon  the  ovum  this  being  insured  by  the  inser- 
tion of  a  couple  of  slips  of  paper  one  on  each  side 
of  the  ovum  under  the  cover  glass. 
b.  Another  method  of  preservation  is  used,  but 
does  not  appear  to  us  so  successful  as  the  one 
already  described.  It  consists  of  an  immersion 
of  the  ovum  for  5  minutes  in  i  to  J  p.c.  osmic 
acid,  subsequent  treatment  with  Mtiller's  fluid 
for  two  or  three  days,  and  finally  mounting  in 
glycerine. 

C.     Examination  of  the  ovum. 

The  most  instructive  stages  to  observe  are  ova  of 

a.  18  hours  old,  when  four  segmentation  spheres 
will  be  observed. 

b.  36  hours  old  when  the  segmentation  is  more 
advanced  and  the  spheres  numerous. 

The  chief  points  to  be  noted  are  : — 

1.  The  number  and  size  of  the  segmentation  spheres; 
in  each  of  which,  when  treated  as  described  in  B.  a., 
a  large  deeply  stained  nucleus  will  be  visible.    The 
spheres  themselves  are  also  stained  slightly. 

2.  The  presence  of  one  or  two  polar  bodies  on  the 
outer  side  of  the  segments  in  ova  of  not  more  than 
48  hours  old:  these  also  are  slightly  stained. 

3.  The    zona   radiata   immediately   surrounding   the 
segments,  and 

4.  The   thick   albuminous   coat,   marked   with    con- 
centric rings. 


464  PRACTICAL  DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

D.    The  fully  segmented  ovum.     70  hours  old. 

The  fully  segmented  ovum  is  found  in  the  uterus 
at  its  anterior  end  close  to  the  place  where  the 
oviduct  opens  into  the  uterus. 

To  obtain  this  stage  the  uterus  must  be  slit  open 
and  examined  carefully  with  a  dissecting  lens :  the 
ovum  will  be  seen  as  a  somewhat  opaque  spot  on  the 
glistening  moist  mucous  epithelium  of  the  uterus. 

It  may  be  treated  in  the  manner  described  under 
B.  a.,  but  the  segments  being  closely  pressed  to- 
gether their  outlines  are  not  rendered  distinct  by 
this  method.  A  more  advantageous  mode  of  treatment 
is  the  following  :  wash  the  ovum  rapidly  in  distilled 
water,  and  place  it  in  a  1  p.c.  solution  of  silver 
nitrate  for  about  3  minutes :  then  expose  it  to  the 
light  in  a  dish  of  distilled  water  until  it  be  tinged 
a  brown  colour. 

The  brown  colour  is  due  to  the  reduction  of  the 
silver,  which  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  cement  sub- 
stance between  the  cells  and  thus  defines  very  exactly 
their  size  and  shape.  The  ovum  may  now  be  treated 
with  glycerine  and  mounted  as  described  in  B. 

The  points  to  be  observed  are  : — 

1.  The  division  of  the  segmentation  spheres  into  the 
layers — an  outer  layer  of  cubical  hyaline  cells,  and 
an  inner  of  rounded  granular  cells. 

2.  The  blastopore  of  van  Beneden. 

3.  The  presence  of  a  thin  layer  of  mucous  outside 
the  concentrically  ringed  albuminous  coat  of  the 
ovum. 


APR]  BLASTODERMIC   VESICLE.  465 

XIII.  Examination  of  the  blastodermic  vesicle,  72 — 90  hours. 

A.  To  obtain  tJie  embryo  see  XII.  D. 

B.  Prepare  the  ovum  either  as  in  XII.   B.  or  D. 

or  in  picric  acid  see  I.  B.  i. 

C.  Surface  view,  or  in  section  see  I.  B.  3. 
Observe  : — 

1.  The  great  increase  in  size  of  the  ovum  and  the 
reduction  in  the  thickness  of  the  membranes. 

2.  The  flattened  layer  of  outer  cells  enclosing  a  cavity. 

3.  The  rounded  cells  of  the  inner  mass  attached  as  a 

lens-shaped  mass  to  one  side  of  the  vesicle. 

XIV.  Examination  of  a  blastodermic  vesicle  of  7  days, 
in  which  the  embryonic  area  and  primitive  streak  are 
present. 

A.     To  obtain  the  embryo. 

On  opening  the  body  cavity  the  uterus  will  be 
found  to  be  uniformly  swollen  and  very  vascular. 

Remove  the  uterus  and  open  it  carefully  with 
fine  scissors  along  the  free,  non-mesometric  edge, 
taking  care  to  keep  the  point  of  the  scissors  within 
the  uterus  close  against  its  wall. 

Observe 

1.  The   oval  thin-walled  vesicles  lying  at  intervals 
on  the  walls  of  the  uterus. 

2.  The  presence  of  the  pyriform  embryonic  area,  at 
the  posterior  end  of  which  is  seen  the  primitive 
streak. 

F.  &  B.  30 


466  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

3.  The  commencement  of  the  area  vasculosa  around 
the  hind  end  of  the  area.  This  is  seen  better 
after  treatment  with  picric  acid. 

B.     Treatment  and  Examination  of  the  embryo. 

a.  Preserve    the    vesicle    in    picric    see    I.    B.    1. 
Stain  in  haematoxylin,  cut  out  the  embryonic 
area,  leaving  a  considerable  margin,  imbed  and 
cut  into  sections. 

b.  In  transverse  sections  observe  : — 

1.  At  the  anterior  end  of  the  area  the  single  row  of 
columnar  epiblast  and  the  single  row  of  flattened 
hypoblast  cells. 

2.  Immediately  in  front  of  the  primitive  streak  be- 
tween these  two  layers  a  few  irregularly  shaped 
mesoblast  cells. 

3.  Through  the  middle  of  the  primitive  streak, 

a.  Several  ]  ay ers  of  rounded  mesoblast  cells  attached 
to,  and  continuous  with,  the    epiblast   in   the 
middle  line,  and  stretching  out  laterally  beyond 
the  edge  of  the  area. 

b.  A  single  layer  of  flattened  hypoblast. 

4.  The  epiblast  outside  the  embryonic  area  in  the 
form  of  flattened  cells  and,  except  in  the  region 
around  the  primitive  streak,  overlying  a  layer  of 
flattened  hypoblast. 

XV.     Examination  of  an  eight  days7  embryo. 

A.    To  obtain  the  embryo. 

The  uterus  will  be  found  here  and  there  to  be 
swollen.     In  these  swellings  the  embryos  lie;  and 


APP.]  EIGHT   DAYS'    EMBRYO.  467 

owing  to  the  fact  that  the  wall  of  the  embryonic 
vesicle  is  exceedingly  thin,  and  attached  to  the  ute- 
rine wall,  they  are  very  difficult  to  obtain  whole. 

Cut  the  uterus  transversely  on  each  side  of  the 
swellings  and  pin  the  pieces  so  obtained  slightly 
stretched  out  in  small  dissecting  dishes.  Cover  the 
tissue  with  picric  acid  solution  and  allow  it  to  remain 
untouched  for  an  hour.  Then  with  two  pairs  of  fine 
pointed  forceps  carefully  tear  the  uterus  longitu- 
dinally, slightly  to  one  side  of  the  median  line  of  the 
free  side.  This  operation  will  necessarily  take  some 
time,  for  but  a  small  portion  should  be  done  at  once, 
the  picric  acid  being  allowed  time  to  penetrate  into 
that  part  of  the  uterus  which  has  been  most  recently 
torn  open. 

With  care,  however,  the  student  will  be  able  to 
open  completely  the  swelling  and  will  observe  within 
the  thin  walled  vesicle.  Great  care  must  also  be 
exercised  in  freeing  the  vesicle  from  the  uterus. 

This  dissection  should  be  performed  with  the  aid 
of  a  dissecting  lens.  In  case  the  embryonic  vesicle 
is  burst  it  will  still  be  possible  to  extract  the  embryonic 
area  which  lies  on  the  mesometric  side  of  the  uterus ; 
the  area  itself  is  not  attached  to  the  uterine  walls. 

B.    Examination  of  surf  ace  view. 
Observe : 

1.  The  increased  size  of  the  embryonic  area. 

2.  In  the  anterior  region  the  medullary  folds;    di- 
verging behind  and  enclosing  between  them, 

3.  The  primitive  streak. 

4.  The  area  opaca  now  completely  surrounding  the 
embryo. 

30—2 


468  PRACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APP. 

C.    Examination  of  sections. 

Prepare  and  cut  into  transverse  sections  as  advised 
in  XIY.  B. 

Notice 

1.  In  the  sections  of  the  anterior  region, 

(L      The  lateral  epiblast  composed  of  several  layers 
of  columnar  cells. 

b.  The  epiblast  in  the  median  line  one  layer  thick 
and  in  the  form  of  a  groove  (medullary  groove). 

c.  The  lateral  plates  of  mesoblast. 

d.  The  flattened  lateral  hypoblast,   and  columnar 
hypoblast   underlying  medullary  groove   (noto- 
chord). 

2.  In  sections  through  the  anterior  end  of  the  primi- 
tive streak. 

Note  the  continuation  of  the  epiblast,  mesoblast 
and  hypoblast  in  the  middle  line. 

3.  In  sections  through  the  posterior  end  of  the  area 
the  same  points  to  be  seen  as  in  XIV.  B.  b.  3. 

XVI.    Examination  of  an  embryo  about  8  days  12  hours. 

A.  Manipulation  as  in  XV.  A. 

B.  In  surface  view  observe  (cf.  Fig.  106) : 

1.  Area  pellucida  surrounding  embryo,  outside  which 
is  the  well  marked  area  vasculosa. 

2.  Widely  open  neural  canal,  at  anterior  end  dilated, 
and  partially  divided  into  the  three  primary  vesi- 
cles of  the  brain  :  note  the  optic  vesicles.      At  the 
posterior  end,  the  sinus  rhomboidalis. 

3.  The  mesoblastic  somites,  4  to  8. 


APP.]  FCETAL   MEMBRANES.  469 

4.  The  two  lateral  tubes  of  the  heart,  and  the  com- 
mencement of  the  two  vitelline  veins. 

5.  The  rudiment  of  the  primitive  streak. 

6.  The  commencing  head  and  tail  folds. 

7.  The  commencing  folds  of  the  amnion. 
Compare  Fig.  106. 


XVII.  Examination  of  the  foetal  membranes  of  an  embryo 
of  14  days. 

A.  To  obtain  t/ic  embryo,  with  its  membranes. 

Manipulate  as  in  XV.  A.   only  dissect  under  salt 
solution  instead  of  picric  acid. 

B.  Observe   before   removing  tJie  embryo  from  the 

uterus  ; 

1.  The  attachment  of  the  vesicle  to  the  mesometric 
side    of    the    uterus    over   a   discoidal   area,    the 
placental  area. 

2.  The  position  and  form  of  the  placenta. 

C.  Remove  the  embryo  with  its  membranes  intact, 
and  observe  : 

1.  the  vascular  yolk  sac,  extending  completely  round 
the  chorion  with  the  exception  of  a  comparatively 
small  area  where 

2.  the  allantois  is  situated.     The  vascularity  of  the 
allantois.      The   foetal    villi    projecting    into    the 
maternal  placental  tissue. 


470  PKACTICAL   DIRECTIONS.  [APR 

D.  Separate  the  membranes  from  one  another  with- 
out tearing  them, 

and  notice  : 

1.  The  embryo  surrounded  by  the  amnion. 

2.  The  allantois;  its  position  dorsal  to  the  embryo;  its 
attachment  to  the  chorion ;  its  circulation. 

3.  The  flattened  yolk  sac,  ventral  to  the  embryo ;  its 
long  stalk;  its  circulation. 

4.  The  heart. 

E.  The  embryo  in  surface  view. 
The  points  to  be  observed  are 

1.  The  cranial  and  body  flexure,  the  spiral  curvature 
of  the  hinder  portion  of  the  body. 

2.  The  vesicles  of  the  brain :   cerebral  hemispheres, 
fore-brain,  mid-brain  and  hind-brain. 

3.  The  eye,  and  the  ear. 

4.  The  heart. 

5.  The  visceral  arches  and  clefts. 

6.  The  fore  and  hind  limbs,  and  the  tail. 


APR]  NOTES.  471 


NOTE  A. 

Since  writing  the  account  of  section-cutting  on  p.  434, 
we  have  obtained  more  experience  as  to  the  practical  work- 
ing of  Messrs.  Caldwell  and  Threlfall's  microtome  there 
mentioned.  We  find  that  it  cuts  more  accurately  and  better 
than  any  other  microtome  with  which  we  are  acquainted, 
and  can  confidently  recommend  it  to  investigators  and 
teachers  with  large  classes.  In  the  Cambridge  Laboratory, 
it  is  driven  by  a  small  water  engine  and  will  cut  at  a  rate 
of  500  a  minute,  without  detriment  to  the  sections. 

NOTE  B. 

Mr  Threlfall,  of  Caius  College,  has  recently  elaborated 
a  method  of  mounting  sections  which  in  our  opinion  has 
many  important  advantages  over  the  shellac  method.  It  is 
as  follows.  Make  a  solution  of  pure  india-rubber  in  benzine 
or  chloroform.  Spread  a  thin  film  of  this  on  a  clean  glass 
slide,  and  allow  it  to  dry.  Arrange  the  sections  on  the 
film  y  melt  the  paraffin ;  allow  the  slide  to  cool,  then 
immerse  the  slide  for  a  moment  in  benzoline  (liquid 
paraffin),  which  dissolves  the  paraffin,  and  mount  in  balsam. 
The  chief  advantages  of  this  method  are  that  the  sections 
do  not  adhere  to  the  india-rubber  until  warmed,  and  they  can 
be  stained  after  they  are  fixed  on  the  slide  if  necessary. 
For  the  latter  purpose,  wash  the  benzoline  away  with 
absolute  alcohol ;  treat  with  weaker  alcohol ;  stain  ;  return 
to  absolute ;  clear  with  oil  of  cloves  or  kreasote,  and  mount 
in  balsam  (vide  Zoologischer  Anzeiger,  1883). 


INDEX. 


Abdominal  wall  of  chick,  281 

Air-chamber,  3 

Albumen :  composition  of,  3 ; 
arrangement  of,  in  hen's  egg, 
3 ;  formation  of,  in  hen,  16  ; 
fate  of,  in  hen's  egg,  109;  of 
incubated  egg,  185 

Alimentary  canal  of  chick,  28 — 33, 
39;  of  third  day  and  append- 
ages of,  171 — 185  ;  mammalia, 
417—421 

Alisphenoid  region  of  chick,  240, 
246 

Allantoic  arteries :  of  chick,  225, 
293,  298;  in  mammals,  348, 
410—413 

Allantoic  veins  of  chick,  228,  287, 
290;  of  mammals,  342 

Allantoic  stalk,  351 

Allantois :  of  chick,  28 — 33,  46 
— 47,  107,  182 — 185,  277,  280; 
as  a  means  of  respiration,  2  32 ; 
pulsation  of,  277;  of  rabbit,  for- 
mation of,  331,  353;  of  human 
embryo,  336—340,  355— 358 ; 
of  mammalia,  structure  of,  348; 
of  marsupials,  352  :  of  dog,  358 

Alum  carmine,  to  make  and  use, 

Amnion :  of  chick,  28 — 33,  43 — 46, 
63,  107,  195;  of  third  day,  113, 
276 — 280;  pulsation  of,  277, 
278;  false,  of  chick,  46;  of 
rabbit,  330,  353;  of  human 
embryo,  338 — 340;  of  mam- 


malia, 343 ;  structure  of  mam- 
malian, 346;  of  dog,  358 
Amphioxus,  spinal  cord  of,  254 
Annuli  fibrosi  of  birds,  210 
Anterior  commissure  of  cerebral 

hemisphere,  mammalia,  381 
Aorta   of  chick,    224,  292,   298; 

of  mammals,  407 
Aortas  of  chick  of  second   day, 

89,  103 
Aortic  arches  of  chick,  103,  106, 

167;  of  fourth  day,  225,  291 — 

298 
Apes'  placenta,  355  ;  histology  of, 

363  ;  derivation  of,  364 
Aqueductus    vestibuli   of    chick, 

158 

Aqueductus  sylvii  (see  iter.) 
Aqueous  humour:  of  chick,  153 — 

154;  of  mammalia,  390 
Arbor  vitae  of  birds,  369 
Area  opaca  of  chick,  7,  49,  195  ; 

mesoblast  of,  65  ;  hypoblast  of, 

65  ;  vascular  portion  of,  74 — 75, 

no;  of  third  day,  109 
Area  pellucida :  of  chick,  8,  49,  55 ; 

of  third  day,  1 10 ;  of  mammals, 

328 
Area    vasculosa  :  of  mammalia, 

formation  of,  342  ;  circulation 

of>  343—346 

Arteria  centralis  retinas  of  mam- 
malia, 387 — 390 

Arterial  system:  of  chick,  224 — 
226,  291 — 303;  mammalia,  407 
—409 

Arterial  arches,  mammalia,  407 


474 


INDEX. 


Articulare  of  chick,  244 
Attachment  of  ovum  in  uterus, 

347 

Auditory  capsule  of  chick,  241 
Auditory  pits  of  chick,  81,  101 
Auricles  of  chick,  84,  102,  229, 

259,  262 
Auricular :  appendages  of  chick  of 

second  day,    102 ;    septum    of 

chick,  257 

Avian  characteristics,  275 
Azygos  vein,  mammalia.  412 


Basi-hyal  chick,  245 

Basilar:  plate,  235 — 238;  mem- 
brane, mammalia,  397 

Basi-occipital  region  of  chick,  237 

Basi-sphenoid  of  chick,  240,  246 

Basi-temporal  bone,  chick,  246 

Beak  of  chick,  249;  formation  of, 
282 

Biliary  ducts  of  chick,  180 — 181 

Birds,  oviparous,  308 

Bladder :  derivation  of,  in  mam- 
mals, 351  ;  mammalian,  417 

Blastoderm  of  chick,  4 ;  struc- 
ture of,  in  unincubated  hen's 
egg>  7 — 10 ;  area  pellucida  of, 
8;  formative  cells  of,  23,  24; 
extension  of,  26,  27;  lateral 
folds  of,  37 ;  head  fold  of,  27, 
37;  tail  told  of,  29,  37;  vas- 
cular area  of,  27 ;  hypoblast 
°f»  51;  germinal  wall  of,  52; 
epiblast,  55  ;  of  third  day,  109, 
no 

Blastoderm  of  mammal,  forma- 
tion of  layers  of,  314—325  ;  vas- 
cular area  of,  326 ;  pellucid 
area  of,  328;  head  and  tail 
folds,  329 

Blastodermic  vesicle,  314 — 316, 
319 ;  outer  layer  of,  314;  inner 
mass  of,  314 ;  to  examine,  465 

Blastopore  of  mammalian  ovum 
(van  Beneden's),  314;  of  chick 
and  mammals,  see  neurenteric 
canal 


Blood  islands  of  vascular  area  of 
chick,  91 

Blood  corpuscles  of  chick,  for- 
mation of,  92 — 94 

Blood-vessels :  of  area  opaca  of 
chick,  formation  of,  92 — 94  ; 
development  of,  practical  di- 
rections for  study  of,  459,  460 

Body  cavity :  of  chick,  39  ;  forma- 
tion of,  40,  41 ;  posterior  medi- 
astinum of,  267  ;  of  mammalia, 
406 

Body  flexure  of  chick,  196;  on 
third  day,  116 

Body  flexure  :  in  rabbit,  334 ;  in 
dog,  334 ;  of  human  embryo, 
239—240 

Borax  carmine,  to  make  and  use, 
430 

Brain:  of  chick,  117 — 123,  281  ; 
of  mammalia,  367 — 387  ;  divi- 
sions of,  367 ;  hind  brain,  367 — 
370;  mid  brain,  370,  371;  fore 
brain,  371—385  ;  histogeny  of, 

385—387 
Branchial  clefts  and  arches  (see. 

Visceral) 

Breeding  mammals  for  study,  460 
Bronchi,  mammalian,  418 
Bronchial  tubes  of  chick,  177 
Bulbus  arteriosus  of  chick,  84,  225, 

229,  257;  septum  of,  257,  259, 

260 — 262  ;  of  mammalia,  407 


Caecum,  mammalia,  419 
Canales  Botalli  (see  Ductus  Bo- 

talli) 
Canalis  auricularis  of  chick,  257, 

259 

Canalis  reuniens,  160;  auricularis 
of  chick,  169,  229;  reuniens  of 
ear  of  mammalia,  393 — 398 

Cardinal  veins :  of  chick,  1 70 ;  284 
— 285  ;  anterior  and  posterior 
of  mammalia,  409 — 4 1 3 

Carmine,  431 

Carnivora,  placenta  of,  358 


INDEX. 


475 


Carotid:  common  artery  of  chick, 

295,  298;  external  and  internal 

artery,   292,   295 ;  of  bird  and 

mammal,  408 
Carpus  of  chick,  234 
Cartilage  bones,  242  ;  of  skull  of 

chick,  246 

Cerato-hyals  of  chick,  245 
Cerebellum:  of  chick,   122,   203, 

368 — 370  ;    of  mammalia,   367 

— 370;   ventricle  of,  368;  cho- 

roid  plexus  of,  368;  pyramids, 

and    olivary    bodies    of,    368 ; 

arbor   vitae,   flocculi    of,    369 ; 

pons  varolii  of,  369,  370;  velum 

medullas  ant.  370 
Cerebral  hemispheres :   of  chick, 

117;   of  mammalia,  376 — 385; 

ventricles  of,  377;  lamina  ter- 

minalis,  377;  corpus  striatum, 

378;  commissures  of,  381 — 383; 

septum  lucidum,  383 ;  fissures 

of,  384—385 
Cerebral  vesicles  of  chick,  200 ; 

of  second  day,  79,  100 
Cerebro-spinal  canal  in  chick,  40 
Cerebrum   of  mammalia,  mono- 

tremata,  iusectivora,  384 
Chalazae,  4 

Cheiroptera,  placenta  of,  353 
Chest  wall,  of  chick,  281 
Chorion :    of  hen's  egg,   47  ;    of 

mammal,  true  and  false,  348; 

of  rabbit,  true  and  false,  353 ; 

of    human    ovum,    355—358; 

of  dog,  358 

Chorion  l£eve,  356 — 358 
Chorion  frondosum,  356 — 358 
Chorionic  villi  of  mammal,  340 
Choroid   coat   of    eye,   of  chick, 

141 
Choroid  plexuses  of  mammalia, 

368,  380 
Choroidal  fissure  of  chick,  136 — 

141,   147 — 149;   of  mammalia, 

387 

Chromic  acid,  427 — 428 
Cicatricula,  4 
Ciliary  :  ganglion  of  chick,  128  ; 

ridges  of  chick,  142  ;  muscles, 

144 


Circulation :  in  chick  of  second 
day,  105;  of  third  day,  no — 
113;  of  chick,  later  stages, 
263 — 264 

Circulatory  system  of  chick,  re- 
sume, 298—303 

Clavicle :  man,  405  ;  of  chick,  234 

Clinoid  ridge,  posterior,  chick, 
240 

Clitoris,  mammalia,  417 

Cloaca  of  chick,  j  74  ;  mammalia, 
418 

Cochlea  of  chick,  203 

Cochlear  canal,  mammalia,  390 — 
398 

Cock,  coni-vasculosi,  parepidi- 
dymis  and  vas  deferens  of,  224 

Columella  of  chick,  166,  245 

Commissures  of  spinal  cord,  253, 
256 

Coni-vasculosi  of  cock,  224 

Cornea  of  chick,  150 — 153;  of 
mammalia,  390 

Cornu  ammonis,  (see  Hippoc. 
major) 

Coracoid  of  chick,  234 

Coronary  vein,  mammalia,  409 — 

413 

Corpora  bigemina  of  chick,  121 

Corpora  mammilaria,  378 

Corpora  quadrigemina  of  mam- 
malia, 370;  geniculata,  371 

Corpus  albicans,  373 

Corpus  callosum :  mammalia,  381 ; 
rostrum  of,  383 ;  of  marsupials, 
383  ;  of  monotremes,  383 

Corpus  luteum,  311 

Corpus  striatum,  mammalia,  378 

Corrosive  sublimate,  how  to  use, 
426 

Cotyledonary  placenta,  derivation 
of,  364 

Cotyledons,  359 

Cranial  flexure :  of  chick,  1 16, 196 ; 
of  second  day,  101  ;  of  rabbit, 
333;  of  human  embryo,  338 

Cranial  nerves :  of  chick,  123 — 129, 
203  ;  of  second  day,  101  ;  de- 
velopment of,  127 — 129;  of 
mammalia,  400 

Cranium     of    chick,    235 — 242 ; 


476 


INDEX. 


cartilaginous,  242 ;  cartilage 
bones  of,  242 ;  membrane  bones 
of,  242 

Cranium,  mammalia*  401 

Crura  cerebri,  371 

Crypts  of  placenta,  360 — 363 

Cumulus  proligerus,  310  ' 

Cupola,  397,  398 


Decid.ua :  of  human  placenta,  356 ; 

reflexa   in    human,  356 — 358  ; 

vera,  356 — 358;  serotina,  356 — 

358;  reflexa  in  dog,  359^ 
Deciduate  placenta,  352  ;  histology 

of,  360 

Dentary  bones,  246 
Dentine,  mammalia,  421 
DESCEMET'S  membrane,  chick,  151 
Diaphragm,     muscles     of,     211; 

mammalia,  406 
Diffuse  placenta,  359 ;   histology 

.of,  360 

Discoidal  placenta,  353 
Dog,   placenta   of,  relation  with 

placenta  of  rabbit,  358 
Dorsal  aorta  of  chick,  167 
Ductus  arteriosus,  man,  408 
Ductus  cochlearis  of  chick,  159 
Ductus  Botalli  of  chick,  287,  289, 

296;  of  mammalia,  408 
Ductus  Cuvieri  of  chick,  170,  228, 

284 
Ductus  venosus  of  chick,  169, 226 ; 

of  mammalia,  413 
Duodenum  of  chick,  172 — 174 

E 

Ear:  of  chick,  156 — 161 ;  of  mam- 
malia, 390 — 397  ;  accessory 
structures  of,  397 — 399 

Egg  tubes  of  Pfliiger,  222 

Egg  membranes  of  mammal,  310 

Egg,  to  open,  437,  438 

Elephas,  placenta  of,  358 

Embryo  of  chick :  directions  for 
examining,  439—459  ;  of  36— 
48  hours,  437 — 444;  of  48  to 
50  hours,  444 — 447  ;  of  third 


day,  447 — 45 1  ;  of  fourth  dayr 
451 — 453;  of  20  hours,  453— 
456;  before  incubation,  457; 
segmentation,  458;  blood-ves- 
sels of,  459 

Embryo  of  mammals :  directions 
for  examination  of,  461 — 470  ; 
of  segmenting  ova,  i — 72  hours, 
461 — 464;  of  blastodermic  vesi- 
cle of,  72 — 90  hours,  465  ;  of  7 
days,  465  ;  of  8  days,  466  ;  of 
8  days  12  hours,  468  ;  of  14 
days,  469 ;  of  foetal  mem- 
branes, 469 

Embryonic  area  of  rabbit,  317; 
composition  of,  317 

Embryonic  membranes:  in  mam- 
malia, ideal  type,  342 — 352  ; 
yolk  sac  of,  345 — 351  ;  amniori 
of,  345 — 351  ;  allantois  of,  345 — 
351;  zona  radiata  of,  345;  se- 
rous membrane  of,  345  ;  cho- 
rion  of,  345  ;  shedding  of,  at 
birth,  351;  monotremata,  352; 
marsupialia,  352 ;  rodentia, 
353,  354 ;  insectivora,  353  ; 
cherioptera,  353  ;  man  and 
apes,  355 — 358;  carnivora,  358 ; 
hyrax,  358;  elephas,  358  ;  oryc- 
teropus,  358,  horse,  '359  ;  pig, 
359 ;  lemurs,  359 

Embryonic  sac  in  chick,  37 — 38 

Embryonic  shield  of  chick,  49, 
52—54 

Enamel,  421 

Endolymph,  mammalia,  396 

Epiblast :  formation  of,  in  chick, 
25,  26;  derivation  of,  26;  of 
rabbit  embryo,  316 ;  histological 
differentiation  of,  in  chick,  271; 
epidermis,  271;  nervous  system, 
271 ;  sense  organs,  272 ;  mouth, 
272  ;  anus,  272;  pituitary  body, 
272;  salivary  glands,  273;  of 
blastoderm  from  8th  to*  1 2th 
hour,  55 

Epididymis,  mammalia,  415 

Epiotic  of  chick,  246 

Epithelioid  lining  of  heart  of 
chick,  88 

Epithelium  of  throat  of  chick,  182 


INDEX. 


477 


Epoophoron,  of  hen,  224 

Ethmoid :  region,  chick,  240 ; 
lateral,  241  ;  bone,  chick,  246 

Eustachian  tube:  of  chick,  165; 
of  rabbit,  334;  of  mammalia, 
397—418 

Eustachian  valve :  of  heart  of 
chick,  263 — 4 

External  auditory  meatu*  of  mam- 
malia, 398 

External  carotid  artery,  chick,  225 

Eye;  of  chick,  200;  development 
of,  132 — 155  ;  of  mammalia, 

387—390 

Eyelids,  of  chick,  155;  of  mam- 
malia, 390 


Face  of  chick,    246;    of  human 

embryo,  340 

Facial  nerve  (see  Seventh) 
Falciform  ligament,  mammalia, 

420 

Fallopian  tubes,  mammalia,  415 
False  amnion  of  chick,  46 
Falx  cerebri  mammalia,  377 
Fasciculi  teretes,  368 
Feathers,  formation  of,  282 
Female  pronucleus,  17 
Femur,  chick,  234 
Fenestra  ovalis,  of  chick,  166,  245 ; 

mammalia,  398 
Fenestra  rotunda  of  chick,  166, 

245 ;  mammalia,  398 
Fibula,  chick,  234 
Fifth   nerve  of  chick,   126 — 129, 

203 

Fifth  ventricle  of  man,  383 
First   cerebral  vesicle   of   chick, 

second  day,  97 
Fissures  of  spinal  cord,  254 
Flocculi  of  cerebellum  of  birds,  369 
Foetal  appendages :  of  chick,  276 — 
280;  amnion,  276 — 278;  allan- 
tois,  277;  yolk-sac,  277;  mem- 
branes of  mammal,  to  examine, 


'oldm; 


Foldmg-off  of  embryo  chick,  113, 

1 96 
Follicle,  ovarian,  12 — 15 


Foramen  ovale :  of  heart  of  chick, 
262,  264,  289,  297,  302 

Foramen  of  MONRO,  372 

Fore  brain :  of  chick,  100  ;  of  rab- 
bit, 329;  of  mammalia,  371 — 
385;  optic  vesicles  of,  387 — 390; 
thalamencephalon,  371 — 376  ; 
cerebral  hemispheres,  376 — 
385 ;  olfactory  lobes,  385 

Foregut  of  chick,  formation  of, 
81—82 

Formation  of  the  layers  in  mam- 
mals, 314— 325 

Formative  cells,  23 — 24 

Fornix,  mammalia,  381 ;   pillars 

of,  383 
Fourth    ventricle,     chick,     122  ; 

mammalia,  368 
Fourth  nerve,  chick,  128 
Fretum  Halleri,  chick,  229 
Frontal  bones,  chick,  246 
Fronto  nasal  process,  chick,  165, 

202,  246 

G 

Gall-bladder  of  chick,  181 
Gasserian  ganglion,  chick,  128 
Generativeglands :  of  chick,  220 — 

224;  of  mammalia,  414 — 415 
Generative  organs,  external,  mam- 
malia, 415 — 417 
Genital  cord,  mammalia,  415    ' 
Genital  ridge,  chick,  220 
Germ  cells,  primitive,  of  chick, 

221 

Germinal  disc  of  chick,  12 
Germinal  epithelium,  213 
Germinal  layers  of  chick,  26 
Germinal  vesicle  of  chick,  1 2 
Germinal  wall,  52  ;  structure  of, 

65 — 66;  function  of,  66 
Glomeruli   of  kidney   of    chick, 

214 
Glands,  epidermic,  of  mammalia, 

366 
Glomerulus  of  Wolffian  body  of 

chick,  191 
Glossopharyngeal  nerve  (see  Ninth 

nerve) 
Gold  chloride,  460 


478 


INDEX. 


Graafian  follicle,  chick,  222,  310 
Grey  matter,   of  spinal  cord  of 
chick,  253;  of  brain  of  mam- 
malia, 387 

Growth  of  embryo  of  chick,  70 
Guinea-pig,   structure  of  blasto- 
derm of,  323;  relation  of  em- 
bryonic layers  of,  323;  inver- 
sion of  the  layers  in,  341 

H 

Haematoxylin,  to  make  and  use, 
429 

Hairs,  365 

Hardening  reagents,  425 — 428; 
picric  acid,  425  ;  corrosive  sub- 
limate, 426  ;  osrnic  acid  ;  427  ; 
chromic  acid,  427 ;  absolute 
alcohol,  428  ;  the  necessity  of, 
428 

Head  of  chick,  200 ;  of  rabbit, 
331 

Headfold  of  chick,  27—29, 33 — 37; 
16  to  20  hours,  60 ;  20  to  24 
hours,  66 ;  of  second  day,  77 ; 
of  mammal,  329 

Heart  of  chick,  229 — 230,  256 — 
264;  formation  of,  82 — 89,  102 ; 
beating  of,  on  second  day,  89 ; 
of  third  day,  167;  auricles, 
•2  £p — 262 ;  ventricles,  260 — 262 ; 
auricular  septum,  257 — 262; 
ventricular  septum,  2  57 ;  canalis 
reuniens,  257 — 259;  bulbus  ar- 
teriosus,  257 — 262  ;  foramen 
ovale,  262 — 264  ;  Eustachian 
valve,  263 — 264;  circulation  in, 
263 — 264;  structure  of,  287 — 
289,  293' — 297  ;  resume  of,  299 

—303 

Heart  of  mammals,   329;  struc- 
ture of,  331 ;  formation  of,  406 ; 
comparison  of,  with  birds,  407 
Hemiazygos  vein,  mammalia,  412 
Hen:  formation  of  albumen  in, 
1 6  ;  ovarian  follicle  of,  12 — 15  ; 
mesovarium  of,   1 1  ;  ovary  of, 
1 1 ;   ovarian  ovum  of,  1 1 ,  15; 
oviduct    of,     15;    epoophoron, 
paroophoron  and  oviduct,  224 


Hen's  egg,  albumen  of,  3,  16; 
blastoderm,  7 — 10,  26,  27 : 
chalazae,  4  ;  cicatricula,  4  ;  im- 
pregnation of,  17 ;  laying  of, 
17;  polar  bodies  of,  17;  seg- 
mentation of,  1 8 — 24;  vitelline 
membrane  of,  4,  13 — 15  ;  yolk 
of,  4 — 7  ;  chorion  of,  47  ;  shell 
of,  i,  16;  irregular  develop- 
ment of,  48,  49  ;  segmentation, 
cavity  of,  50 

Hepatic  cylinders  of  chick,  1 79 ; 
circulation  of  chick,  227  ;  veins, 
288—290 

Hind  brain:  of  chick,  100 ;  of 
rabbit,  329  ;  of  mammals,  and 
birds,  367 — 370 ;  medulla  of, 
367  ;  cerebellum  of,  367 — 370 

Hippo-campus  major,  mammalia, 
380 

Hippo-campal  fissure  of  cerebrum 
of  mammalia,  385 

Histological  differentiation,  in 
chick,  269 — 273  ;  of  epiblast, 
269,  271;  of  hypoblast,  269; 
of  mesoblast,  269 

Histology  of  placenta,  359 

Holoblastic  segmentation,  307 

Human  embryo:  villi  of,  335; 
early  stages  of,  335 ;  allantois 
of,  336— 340;  yolk-sac  of,  336— 
340 ;  medullary  plate  of,  337 ; 
amnion  of,  338 — 340;  cranial 
flexure  of,  338 — 340;  limbs  of, 
339;  body  flexure  of,  339— 
340;  face  of,  340;  relation  of, 
with  other  mammals,  341 ;  pla- 
centa of,  355 

Human  ovum,  size  of,  307 

Human  placenta,  histology  of, 
363  ;  derivation  of,  364 

Humerus,  chick,  234 

Hyaloid  membrane,  chick,  144, 
146 

Hyoid  arch  of  chick,  243 — 245  ; 
of  rabbit,  334;  of  mammalia, 
403—404 

Hyoid  bone  of  chick,  245 

Hypoblast  of  chick :  formation  of, 
25>  51'  59  >  derivation  of,  26; 
of  area  opaca,  65 ;  histological 


INDEX. 


479 


differentiation  of,  269;    of  di- 
gestive canal,  272  ;  of  respira- 
tory ducts,   272  ;   of  allantois, 
273;  notochordal,  273 
Hypoblast  of  rabbit  embryo,  316, 

Hypoblastic  mesoblast  of  chick, 
59 — 62;  of  mammal,  321 

Hypogastric  veins :  chick,  289 ; 
mammalia,  411 — 413 

Hypohyal,  mammalia,  403 

Hypophysis  cerebri  (see  Pituitary 
body) 

Hyrax,  placenta  of,  358 


Ischium,  chick,  234 
Island  of  Eeil,  385 
Iter  a  tertio  ad  quartum  ventricu- 
lum,  121,  370 


Jugal  bones,  chick,  246 
Jugular  vein,  284 — 290 

K 

Kidney:  of  chick,  218—220;  tu- 
bules of,  219  ;  of  mammalia, 
414 


Ileum,  chick,  234 
Iliac  veins,  mammalia,  411 — 413 
Imbedding,  methods  of,  432 — 434 
Impregnation  of  hen's  egg,    17; 

of  ovum  of  mammal,  310 — 312 
Incubators,  makers  of,  and  how 

to  manage,  423 
Incus,  mammalia,  398,  404 
Inferior  cardinal  veins,  chick,  228 
Infundibulum  :  chick,  119 — 121; 

ventricle  of,  373 ;  tuber  cinereum 

of,  373  ;  of  mammalia,  372  ;  of 

birds,  372 
Inner  mass  of  segmented  ovum, 

314 ;    of  blastodermic  vesicle, 

3i4 

Innominate  artery  of  chick,  296 — 

8 

Insectivora,  placenta  of,  353 
Intercostal      veins,     mammalia, 

411—413 

Interhyal  ligament,  403 
Intermediate  cell  mass  of  chick, 

95,  189,  190 

Internal  carotid  artery,  chick,  225 
Inter-nasal  plate,  chick,  240 
Inter-orbital  plate  of  chick,  240 
Intervertebral    ligaments,    mam- 
malia, 400 
Intervertebral  regions,  chick,  207, 

209 

Intestine,  mammalia,  419 
Inversion  of  the  layers,  341 


Labia  majora,  mammalia,  416 
Lacrymal  bones,  chick,  246 ;  ducts, 
chick,  155,  156;  glands,  chick, 
r55>   156;  groove,  chick, -248; 
duct,  mammalia,  390 
Lagena,  chick,  1^9;  birds,   397 , 

39? 

Lamina,  dorsalis  of  chick,  29,  62 
Lamina  spiralis,  mammalia,  397 
Lamina  terminalis,  mammalia, 

377  . 

Large  intestine  of  chick,  174 
Larynx  of  chick,  177 
Lateral    folds   of  blastoderm   of 

chick,  37  ;   of  chick  of  second 

day,  96 

Lateral  plates  of  mesoblast,  68 
Lateral  ventricles  of  chick,  117  : 

of  mammalia,  377  ;  cornua  of, 

T  378 

Laying  of  eggs,  17 

Lecithin,  6 

Legs  of  chick,  200 

Lens,   chick,   formation  of,    134, 

149 
Ligamenta  suspensoria,  of  birds, 

2IO 

Ligamentum,    pectinaturn,    144 ; 

vesicae  medium,  351 
Ligamentum    longitudinale    an- 

terius  and  posterius,  mammalia, 

402 


480 


INDEX. 


Limbs,  of  chick,  198 — 200,  233 ; 
of  rabbit,  334 ;  of  human  em- 
bryo, 339  ;  mammalia,  406 

Liver  of  chick,  178 — 181  ;  mam- 
malia, 419 

Lumbar  veins,  mammalia,  412 — 

Lungs  of  chick,  176 — 178,  267  ; 
mammalia,  418 


M 

Male  pronucleus,  17 

Malleus,  398,  404 

Malpighian  corpuscles,  chick,  182 ; 
bodies  of  chick,  190 

Mammalia,  two  periods  of  develop- 
ment, 308 ;  viviparous,  308 

Mammary  glands,  366;  a  source 
of  nutriment  for  the  embryo, 
308 

Man  (see  Human  embryo) 

Mandible,  chick,  246 

Mandibular  arch,  chick,  242 — 
244;  maxillary  process  of, 
chick,  243;  rabbit,  334;  mam- 
malia, 403—404 

Manubrium  of  malleus,  403 

Marsupialia,  foetal  membranes  of, 

352 

Marsupium,  308 
Maturation  of  ovum  of  mammal, 

310 

Maxilla  bones,  chick,  246 
Maxilla-palatine  bones,  chick,  246 
Maxillary,  processes  of  mandibu- 

lar  arch  of  chick,  243 
Meatus    auditorius   externus,    of 

chick,  1 66;  of  mammal,  397 
Meatus  venosus,   of  chick,    169, 

287 
Meckelean  cartilage,  chick,  244; 

mammalia,  403 
Medulla  oblongata,  of  chick,  122 ; 

of  mammalia,  367 
Medullary  canal,  of  chick,  40,  62, 

96 
Medullary  folds,  of  chick,  40,  62, 

66,  77,  97 ;  of  mammal,  327 


Medullary  groove,  of  chick,  29, 

62 — 65 ;    of  rabbit,    320,    32 1 ; 

of  man,    338 ;    closure  of,    in 

mammal,  327 — 331 
Medullary  plate,  of  chick,  62  ;  of 

rabbit,  320  ;  of  man,  338 
Membrana  capsulo  pupillaris   of 

mammalia,  387 — 389 
Membrana  limitans  externa,  145; 

granulosa,  310 
Membrana  propria    of    follicles, 

chick,  182 
Membrane :  of  shell  of  hen's  egg, 

T  ;    serous,   of  chick,    32 — 41  ; 

vitelline  of  hen's  egg,  13 — 15 
Membrane  bones,  242  ;  of  skull, 

chick,  246 

Membrane  of  Keissner,  mamma- 
lia, 397 

Membrane  of  Descemet,  389 
Membrane  of  Corti,  and  tectoria 

mammalia,  395 
Membranous     labyrinth,     chick, 

15.8 

Meniscus  of  birds,  210 
Meroblastic  segmentation,  18 
Mesenteric   veins  of   chick,  228, 

288—290 

Mesentery,  of  chick,  173;  mam- 
malia, 419 — 20 

Mesoblast:  derivatives  of,  in  chick, 
25 — 26;  of  primitive  streak  of 
chick,  54,  57;  derived  from 
lower  layer  cells  in  chick,  55, 
57,  59  ;  of  area  opaca  in  chick, 
65 ;  splitting  of,  in  chick,  68 ;  of 
trunk  of  embryo  chick,  185 — 
189 ;  histological  differentiation 
of,  in  chick,  269;  of  primitive 
streak  of  rabbit,  320;  of  mam- 
mal, double  origin  of,  321 — 
323;  vertebral  zone  of,  328; 
lateral  zone  of,  328 ;  somites 
of,  328 

Mesoblastic  somites,  formation  of 
in  chick,  70;  of  chick,  81,  185 — 
187,  204 — 208 

Mesocardium  of  chick,  88 ;  forma- 
tion of,  264 

Mesogastrium,  chick,  182 
Mesonephros  of  chick,  212 


INDEX. 


481 


Mesovarium  of  fowl,  1 1 
Metacarpus,  chick,  234 
Metadiscoidal  placenta,  histology 

of,  362 ;  derivation  of,  364 
Metamorphosis  of  arterial  arches, 

bird  and  mammalia,  408 
Metanephos  (see  Kidney) 
Metanephric  blastema,  of  chick, 

219 
Microtomes,  and  makers  of,  434 

—435;  47 1 

Mid  brain:  of  chick,  100,  200;  of 
rabbit,  329 ;  of  mammalia,  370 
371  ;  ventricle  of,  370;  nates 
and  testes  of,  371;  corpora 
geniculata,  and  crura  cerebri  of, 

371 
Monotremata,   foetal   membranes 

of,  352 
Mouse,  inversion  of  the  layers  in, 

34 J 

Mouth,  chick,  249,  281 ;  of  rabbit, 
formation  of,  334 

Miillerian  duct :  chick,  214 — 2 1 8 ; 
mammalia,  414 — 415 

Muscle  plates  of  chick,  187 — 189, 
204 — 208,  21 1 ;  segmentation 
of,  212 

Muscles:  hyposkeletal, chick,  211 ; 
episkeletal,  chick,  211;  cuta- 
neous, chick,  2 1 1 ;  extrinsic  and 
intrinsic  of  limb,  chick,  212 

Muscular  walls  of  heart  of  chick, 
88 

N 

Nails,  of  chick,  283 

Nares  :  posterior,  chick,  251;  an- 
terior and  posterior,  of  mam- 
malia, 399 

Nasal  capsule,  chick,  242 ;  car- 
tilages, chick,  246;  bones,  chick, 
246;  groove,  chick,  246;  pro- 
cesses of  chick,  inner,  248; 
outer,  248;  labyrinth,  chick, 
249—51 

Nasal  organ  (see  Olfactory  organ) 

Nasal  pits,  of  birds,  71 ;  chick, 
202 

Nates  of  mammalia,  371 

F.  &B. 


Nerves,  of  chick  of  second  day, 
101  ;  of  mammalia,  400 

Nervous  system  of  mammalia, 
367—400 

Neural  band,  chick,  123;  crest, 
126 

Neural  canal  of  chick,  31 — 39, 66; 
second  and  third  day,  122 ;  de- 
velopment of,  251 — 256 

Neurenteric  canal,  of  chick,  71 — 
74,  175;  mammalia,  399;  of 
mole,  326,  328 

Ninth  nerve,  chick,  126 — 129,  203 

Node  of  Hensen,  319 

Non-deciduate  placenta,  352 

Nose,  chick,  249 

Nostrils,  chick,  251 

Notochord:  of  chick,  29,  60 — 62, 
208 — 210,  237 — 238;  of  second 
day,  101;  sheath  of  chick,  208; 
of  mammal,  323,  400;  forma- 
tion of,  325 

Nuclei,  1 6 

Nucleolus,  13 

Nucleus,  13 

Nucleus  of  Pander,  7 

Nucleus  pulposus,  of  birds,  210, 
401 

Nutrition  of  mammalian  embryo  : 
308 ;  by  means  of  placenta,  350 


0 

Occipital:  supra-,  basi-,  ex-,  of 
chick,  246 ;  foramen,  chick,  237 

(Esophagus  of  chick,  173  ;  mam- 
malia, 418 

Olfactory  organ  of  chick,  161 ; 
nerve  of  chick,  162  ;  grooves, 
chick,  202 ;  lobes  of  mammalia, 

385 

Olivary  bodies,  368 
Omentum,  mammalia,  lesser,  420; 

greater,  420 

Opisthotic  of  chick,  246 
Optic  vesicles :  of  chick  of  second 

day,  79,  97 ;  chick,  133—134 : 

formation    of,     141 — 144  ;     of 

rabbit,  329 

31 


482 


INDEX. 


Optic  lobes,  chick,  121 

Optic  nerves,  chick,  133,  146 

Optic  cup,  134 

Optic  chiasma,  chick,  147;  mam- 
malia, 372 

Optic  thalami  of  mammalia,  373 

Orbitosphenoid,  246 

Orbitosphenoidal  region,  chick, 
240 

Organ  of  Corti,  mammalia,  395 

Organ    of  Jacobson,  mammalia, 

399 

Orycteropus,  placenta  of,  358 

Osmic  acid,  how  to  use,  427 

Osseous  labyrinth,  chick,  158 

Otic  vesicle,  chick,  157 

Outer  layer,  of  blastodermic  vesi- 
cle, 314 

Ova,  primordial,  of  chick,  221 

Ovarian  follicle :  of  hen,  12 — 15  ; 
mammal,  309 

Ovarian  ovum:  of  hen,  n — 15; 
of  mammals,  309 

Ovary:  of  adult  hen,  n  ;  of 
chick,  222;  of  mammals, 
309 ;  follicles  of,  309 ;  corpus 
luteum  of,  311. 

Oviduct  of  adult  hen,  15  ;  of 
chick,  224 

Oviparous  animals,  308 

Ovum :  of  birds  and  mammals 
compared,  307 ;  of  mammal — 
in  follicle,  309 ;  membranes  of, 
310;  maturation  and  impreg- 
nation of,  310 — 312;  polar 
bodies  of,  311  ;  segmentation 
of,  312 — 314;  blastopore  of 
(Beneden),  314 


Palate,  mammalia,  420,  421 
Palatine  bones,  chick,  246 
Pancreas:  of  chick,    181 ;  mam- 
malia, 419 

Pander,  nucleus  of,  7. 
Parachordals,  chick,  235 — 238 
Paraffin,  432—434 
Parepididymis  of  cock,  224 
Parietal  bones  of  chick,  246 


Parieto-occipital  fissure  of  cere- 
brum of  man  and  apes,  385 

PARKER  on  the  fowl's  skull,  245 

Paroophoron  of  hen,  224 

Pecten,  chick,  147 

Pectoral  girdle,  chick,  234;  mam- 
malia, 405 

Pelvic  girdle,  chick,  234  ;  mam- 
malia, 405 

Penis,  mammalia,  417 

Pericardial  cavity,  chick,  develop- 
ment of,  264 — 269  ;  of  rabbit, 
331;  mammalia,  406 

Perilymph,  mammalia,  396 

Periotic  capsules,  chick,  237 

Peritoneal  covering  of  heart  of 
chick,  88 ;  cavity,  mammalia, 
406 

Peritoneum,  mammalia,  4 19 — 420 

PFLUGER,  egg  tubes,  222 

Phalanges,  chick,  234 

Pharynx,  mammalia,  418 

Picric  acid,  how  to  use,  425 

Picro-carmine,  to  make  and  use, 

.431 

Pig,  placenta,  histology  of,  360 

Pineal  glands,  chick,  117 — 119; 
of  mammalia  and  birds,  373 — 
376 

Pituitary  body  :  chick,  119 — 1 2 1 ; 
rabbit,  334;  of  birds,  372; 
mammalia,  372,  420 

Pituitary  space,  chick,  240 

Placenta :  342 ;  discoidal,  deci- 
duate,  type  of,  353,  354;  meta- 
discoidal,  type"  of,  354—358  ; 
decidua  of,  356;  chorion  laeve 
of,  356 — 358;  chorion  frondo- 
sum  of,  356 — 358  ;  comparison 
of,  358;  zonary  type  of,  358; 
diffuse  form,  359 ;  polycotyle- 
donary  form,  359 ;  histology  of, 
359—3^3;  evolution  of,  364; 
of  sloth,  360. 

Pleural  cavity,  chick,  development 
of,  264 — 269  ;  mammalia,  406 

Pleuroperitoneal  space  of  chick, 
28 — 33,  84;  formation  of,  40, 
41,  68 

Pneumogastric  nerve  (see  Tenth 
nerve) 


INDEX. 


483 


Polar  bodies,  1750!  ova  of  mam- 
mals, 3  r  i 
Polycotyledonary  placenta,  359  ; 

histology  of,  360 
Pons   Varolii   of  birds,    369 ;   of 

mammals,  370 
Position  of  embryo  chick  of  third 

and  fourth  days,  113 — 116 
Postanal  gut,  of  chick,   175;  of 
rabbit,  relation  of,  to  primitive 
streak,  329 

Posterior  nares,  chick,  202 
Potassium  bichromate,  460 
Premaxilla  bones,  chick,  246 
Prenasal  bones  of  chick,  246 
Presphenoid  region,  chick,  240 — 

T,  ?46 

Primitive  groove  of  chick,  56 ;  of 

rabbit,  320 
Primitive  streak  of  chick,  52 — 62 ; 

of  chick  from  20  to  24  hours, 

70;  of  rabbit,  319 
Processus  infundibuli,  chick,  121 
Proctodasum   of   chick,    175;    of 

mammal,  422 
Pronephros,  218 

Pronucleus,  female,  17;  male,  17 
Prootic,  chick,  246 
Protovertebrae     (see    Mesoblastic 

somites) 

Pterygo-palatine  bar,  chick,  243 
Pterygoid  bones,  chick,  246 
Pubis,  chick,  234 
Pulmonary  veins  of  chick,    228, 

289 — 290 
Pulmonary  arteries  of  chick,  294— 

298;  mammalia,  407 
Pupil,  chick,  142 
Pyramids  of  cerebellum,  368 

Q 

Quadrato-jugal  bones,  246 
Quadrate,  chick,  243 

E 

Kabbit  embryo,  growth  of,  327 — 

334;  placenta  of,  353 
Badius,  chick,  234 


Eat,   inversion  of  the  layers  in, 

34i 
Eecessus  labyrinthi,   mammalia, 

39°— 398 
Eecessus  vestibuli  (see  Aqueductus 

vestibuli)  chick,  203 
Eespiration  of  chick,  303 ;  of  third 

day,  no 

Eete  vasculosum,  mammalia,  4 14 
Eetina,  chick,  142,  144—146 
Eibs,  chick,  234;  mammalia,  405 
Eodentia,  placenta  of,  353 
Eods  and  cones  of  retina,  chick, 

146 

Eostrum,  chick,  246 
Euminants'  placenta,  histology  of, 


Sacculus    hemisphericus,    mam- 
malia, 390 — 398 
Salivary  glands,  mammalia,  420 
Scala  media  (see  Cochlear  canal) 
Scala  tympani,  mammalia,  395 — 

397 

Scala  vestibuli,  mammalia,  395 — 

397 
Scapula  of  chick,  234 

Sclerotic  coat  of  eye  of  chick,  141 

Sclerotic  capsules,  mammalia,  405 

Scrotum,  mammalia,  416 

Sebaceous  glands,  366 

Secondary  optic  vesicle  (see  Optic 
cup) 

Sections,  method  of  cutting,  434 
— 436  ;  mounting  of,  436 

Segmentation:  of  hen's  egg,  18 
— 24;  meroblastic,  18;  of  mam- 
malian ovum,  312 — 314;  of 
hen's  egg  to  observe,  458;  of 
mammalian  ovum  to  observe, 
461 

Semicircular  canal :  of  chick, 
158  ;  mammalia,  390 — 398 

Semi-lunar  valves,  chick,  258 

Sense  capsules  of  chick,  211 — 212 

Septum  lucidum,  mammalia,  383 

Septum-nasi,  chick,  246 

Serous  membrane  of  chick,  32 — 


484 


INDEX. 


Serous  envelope   of  chick,   107  ; 

of  mammals,  346 
Seventh  nerve  of  chick,  127 — 129, 

203 

Shell-membrane  of  chick,  i 
Shell  of  hen's  egg,  i  ;  formation 

of,  16 

Shield,  embryonic,  of  chick,  49 
Sinus  rhomboidalis  :    of   embryo 

chick,  71,  81 ;  of  rabbit,  329 
Sinus    terminalis,    of    chick    of 

second  day,  91,  104;  in  rabbit, 

343 

Sinus  venosus  of  chick,  169,  226, 

285 — 290 

Skeleton  of  limb,  chick,  234 
Skull  of  chick,  235 — 251 ;  cartilage 
and  membrane  bones  of,  246 ; 
of  mammalia,  401 — 405 
Sloth,  placenta,  histology  of,  360 
Somatic  stalk  of  chick,  29 — 42 ; 

of  mammals,  351 
Somatopleure  of  chick,   29 — 33; 

formation  of,  40—41,  68 
Spermatozoa  of  chick,  223 
Spinal  nerves  :  of  chick,  123;  de- 
velopment   of,    129—132  ;    of 
mammalia,  400 

Spinal  cord  of  chick:  develop- 
ment of,  251 — 256  ;  white  mat- 
ter of,  252;  grey  matter  of, 
253;  canal  of,  252 — 256;  epi- 
thelium of,  251,  252;  anterior 
grey  commissure  of,  256 ;  an- 
terior fissure  of,  254 — 256; 
dorsal  fissure  of,  255 — 256; 
posterior  grey  commissure  of, 
256;  sinus  rhomboidalis  of, 
256;  anterior  columns  of,  256; 
posterior  columns  of,  256 ; 
lateral  columns  of,  256;  an- 
terior white  commissure  of, 
256;  posterior  white  commis- 
sure of,  256 
Splanchnic  stalk  of  chick,  29 — 

42,  232 
Splanchnopleure  of   chick,  29 — 

33  ;  formation  of,  40 — 42,  68 
Spleen  of  chick,  182 
Splint  bones  of  chick,  246 
Squamosal  bones  of  chick,  246 


Staining  reagents,  428 — 432;  has- 
matoxylin,  429 ;  borax  carmine, 
430;  carmine,  431;  picro-car- 
mine,  431 ;  alum  carmine,  431 

Stapes,  of  chick,  245 ;  mammalia, 
398,  404 

Sternum  of  chick,  235  ;  of  mam- 
malia, 405 

Stomach  of  chick,  r  73 ;  mam- 
malia, 418 

Stomodaeum,  of  chick,  119,  203; 
mammalia,  420 

Stria  vascularis,  mammalia,  397 

Subclavian  arteries  of  chick,  296 
— 298.  of  mammalia,  409 

Subclavian  veins,  mammalia,  409 

—413 

Sulcus  of  Monro,  373 

Superior  maxilla  of  chick,  165  ; 
maxillary  processes  of  chick, 
202;  of  rabbit,  334 

Superior  cardinal  veins  of  chick, 
228 

Supra-renal  bodies,  mammalia, 
structure  of,  413;  relation  of, 
with  sympathetic  nervous  sys- 
tem, 414 

Subzonal  membrane  of  mammal, 

346 

Sylvian  fissure,  mammalia,   384, 

385 
Sympathetic   nervous   system   of 

mammalia,  400 
Sweat-glands,  366 


T. 

Tail-fold  of  chick,   29 — 37,    196; 
of  second  day,  96 ;  of  mammal, 

329 

Tail-swelling  of  chick,  74 

Tarsus  of  chick,  234 

Teeth,  mammalia,  421 

Tela  choroidea,  375 

Tenth  nerve  of  chick,  125,  127 — 

129,  203  ^ 

Testis  of  chick,  222,  371 
Thalamencephalon  :     of     chick, 

117;  of  mammalia,  371 — 376; 

ventricle  of,  372;  floor  of,  372, 


INDEX. 


485 


373;  sides  of,  373;  roof  of,  374 

—376 

Third  nerve  of  chick,  129 
Third  ventricle  of  mammalia,  372 
Throat  of  rabbit,   formation  of, 

Thyroid    body,    of    chick,    181  ; 

mammalia,  418 
Tibia  of  chick,  234 
Tongue  of  chick,  282 
Trabeculae  of  chick, 236,  239 — 241 
Trachea  of  chick,  176,  177  ;  mam- 
malia, 418 
Tuber  cinereurn,  373 
Turbinal  bones  of  chick,  246 
Tympanic  cavity  of  chick,   166  ; 
membrane  of  chick,  166  ;  cavity 
of  mammalia,  397,  418;  mem- 
brane of  mammalia,  397 

U. 

Ulna,  of  chick,  234 

Umbilical,  arteries  (nee  Allantoic); 
veins  (see  Allantoic  veins);  vesi- 
cle of  mammals  (see  Yolk-sac) ; 
stalk  of  chick  of  third  day,  113; 
cord,  351 

Urachus,  351 

Ureter  of  chick,  219;  mammalia, 

4i7 

Urethra,  mammalia,  417 

Urinogenital  organs  of  mam- 
malia, 414 — 417;  sinus  of  mam- 
malia, 415—417 

Uterine  crypts,  350 

Uterus,  mammalia,  415 

Utriculus  of  mammalia,  393 — 398 

Uvea  of  iris,  chick,  144 


V. 

Valve  of  Vieussens,  of  birds,  369 ; 

of  mammals,  370 
Vagina  mammalia,  415 
Vagus  nerve  (see  Tenth  nerve) 
Vasa  efferentia  and  recta  mam- 
malia, 414 

Vascular  system  of  chick,    224 — 
230;  of  second  day,  89 — 94,  102 


— 106  ;  of  third  day,  167 — 170 ; 
mammalia,  406 — 413 

Vascular  area:  of  blastoderm  of 
chick,  27;  of  third  day,  no — 
113;  of  rabbit's  ovum,  forma- 
tion of,  326 

Vas  deferens :  of  cock,  224  ;  mam- 
malia, 415 

Velum  medullas  anterius  (see 
Valve  of  Vieussens) ;  posterius, 

37° 
Vermiform  appendix,  mammalia, 

419 
Vena  cava,  inferior,  of  chick,  228, 

285 — 290  ;    mammalia,    409 — • 

413 

Venae  cavae,  superior,  of  chick, 
286 — 290  ;  of  mammalia,  409 

—4i3 

Venae  advehentes  of  chick,  227, 
287 — 289  ;  revehentes  of  chick, 
227,  287 — 289 

Vena  terminalis  (see  Sinus  termi- 
nalis) 

Venous  system:  of  chick,  226 — 
229,  283 — 290,301 — 303; mam- 
malia, 409 — 413 

Ventricles  of  brain  of  chick  of 
second  day,  102;  of  mammals, 
117,  121 — 122;  of  chick,  229 

Ventricular  septum,  chick,    230, 

257 

Vertebrae  of  chick,  primary,  205 
— 208  ;  permanent,  205 — 208 ; 
bodies  of,  207 — 209 

Vertebral  arches,  osseous,  of 
chick,  207,  210;  mammalia, 
409 

Vertebral  artery  of  chick,  295 — 
298 

Vertebral  column,  of  chick,  205 — 
208  ;  membranous,  205 — 208  ; 
secondary  segmentation  of,  205 
— 208  ;  explanation  of  do.,  205 
— 206  ;  of  mammalia,  early  de- 
velopment, ossification  of,  400, 
401 

Vertebrate  animal,  general  struc- 
ture of,  39 

Vesicle  of  third  ventricle  (see 
Thalamencephalon) 


486 


INDEX. 


Vessels  of  placenta,  360 — 363 

Vestibule,  chick,  158 

Villi :  of  human  ovum,  335 ;  of 
zona  in  dog,  347;  of  subzonal 
membrane  of  rabbit,  347  ;  of 
chorion  of  mammal,  349;  of 
placenta,  360—363 

Visceral  arches,  245  ;   of  rabbit, 

334 

Visceral  arches  of  chick,  162 — 167; 

of  rabbit,   334;    of  mammalia, 

402 
Visceral  clefts:    of  chick,   162 — 

167,  281;  closure  of  do.,  164; 

of  rabbit,   334;   of  mammalia, 

402,  418 

Visceral  folds  of  chick,  163 
Visceral   skeleton    of  chick,  242 

— 246 
Visceral  vein  of  chick,  284 — 290 ; 

of  mammalia,  409 — 413 
Vitellin,  5 
.Vitelline  arteries:  of  chick,  167, 

293 — 298,  225;  of  second  day, 

89,  103 
Vitelline  duct  of  chick,  196,  232 ; 

of  mammals,  350 
Vitelline  membrane,  4;  of  hen's 

egg,  1 3 —  1 5 ;  of  mammal,  310 
Vitelline  veins  of  chick,  84,  226, 

288 — 290  ;    of  second  day,  92, 

104;   in  rabbit,  343;   of  mam- 
malia, 410 — 413 
Vitreous  humour  of  chick,  140, 150 


Viviparous  animals,  308 
Vomer  of  chick,  246 

W 

White  matter  :  of  spinal  cord  of 
chick,  252;  of  brain  of  mam- 
malia, 386 — 387 

Wings  of  chick,  200 

Wolffian  body:  of  chick,  190 — 
193;  of  mammalia,  4/4;  of 
chick  of  second  day,  106 

Wolffian  duct  of  chick,  190,  213  ; 
of  second  day,  94 — 95,  106;  of 
mammalia,  414 

Wolffian  ridge  of  chick,  198 

Wolffian  tubules  of  chicK,   106, 
191—193,  213 


Yolk  of  hen's  egg,  4 — 7 ;  arrange- 
ment of,  6;  structure  of,  5 

Yolk-sac:  of  chick,  28 — 37,  277 — 
280;  of  mammals,  327;  of 
marsupials,  352;  of  rabbit,  353; 
of  human  ovum,  355 — 358;  of 
dog,  358 

Z 

Zona  radiata,  310;  of  chick,  15 
Zonary    placenta:    histology   of, 
360 ;  derivation  of,  364 


CAMBRIDGE  :   PRINTED  BY  C.  J.  CLAY,  M.A.  &  SON.  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


GENERAL  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA— BERKELEY 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or  on  the 

date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


4 


1855 


&} 


LD  21-100m-l,'54(1887sl6)476